Tigercat X822C LX822C X830C LX830C FELLER BUNCHERS OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C FELLER BUNCHERS

OPERATOR'S MANUAL SERIAL NUMBER 822*2001 TO 822*3000 SERIAL NUMBER 830*2001 TO 830*3000

ISSUE 2.0, DECEMBER 2015 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Bunchers TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................................v STANDARDS, ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS............................................................................................... vi NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES.................................................................................... vii SAFETY......................................................................................................................................................1 USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY...................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION.................................................................................................................2 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE........................................................................................................3

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Available Literature Operator's Manual - 8XX*1001 TO 8XX*1999....................................................................Part No. 29528A Operator's Manual (this manual) - 8XX*2001 TO 8XX*3000..............................................Part No. 44155AENG Service Manual - 8XX*1001 TO 8XX*1999........................................................................Part No. 29529A Service Manual - 8XX*2001 TO 8XX*3000........................................................................Part No. 44156AENG Parts Catalog - 8XX*1001 TO 8XX*3000...........................................................................Part No. 29527A

iii

Introduction

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Bunchers

iv

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Bunchers Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C

INTRODUCTION

Introduction Feller Buncher

An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the X822C/LX822C/X830C/ LX830C Feller Bunchers.

Serial numbers: X822C 82262001 to 82263000 (Closed Loop) LX822C 82272001 to 82273000 (Leveling, Closed Loop) X830C 83062001 to 83063000 (Closed Loop) LX830C 83072001 to 83073000 (Leveling, Closed Loop) NOTE: The 4th digit in the machine serial number indicates the machine model type. For example 6 = Feller Buncher and 7 = Leveling Feller Buncher. For simplicity throughout this manual the 4th digit has been replaced with an asterisk to indicate that both types of machine models are affected, i.e. 822*1001 to 822*3000.

The X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Bunchers are designed for harvesting trees, selective felling, thinning and final felling applications in plantations and natural stands.

The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Bunchers. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the saw head. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance.

Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

The phrase “and up” appearing in this manual after the serial number implies that the related information is current for any machine serial number HIGHER than the serial number preceding the “and up”.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

v

Introduction

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Bunchers

THIS OPERATOR ENCLOSURE MEETS THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: ISO 8082-2:2011 ROLL OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (ROPS) OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14a TIP-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (TOPS) ISO 8083:1989 11 600J FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS) ISO 8084:1993 OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS) ISO 2867:1994 SAE J1356: FEB 1988 OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14b,c AS 4988 2002 * MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS: The integrity of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached.

Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place.

Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: i)

Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or

ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat.

Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner.

Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/changes to the structure.

Operator's cabs are designed to ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll over (ROPS), tip-over (TOPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect.

The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product.

Contact the Tigercat Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to tip-over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vi

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Bunchers

Introduction

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES

The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and it's ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

AUTHORIZATION BY ANY OTHER PERSON IS UNACCEPTABLE. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

Introduction

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Bunchers

viii

SAFETY...................................................................................................................................................1

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher SECTION 1 - SAFETY Read and understand this safety section prior to operating any equipment.

Read and understand all manuals for any attachment or accessories.

CONTENTS - SECTION 1

ISSUE 2.0, DECEMBER 2015

B

BACKOVER ACCIDENTS, AVOIDING....................................................................................................... 1.8 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH......................................................................................................... 1.15 BATTERY SAFETY.................................................................................................................................... 1.8 C

CAB EXITS.................................................................................................................................................1.9 COOLING SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 1.18, 1.39 E

EMERGENCY CAB EXITS......................................................................................................................... 1.9 ENGINE POWER DOOR......................................................................................................................... 1.20 ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................... 1.19 EXHAUST FUMES................................................................................................................................... 1.20 F

FELLING TREES......................................................................................................................................1.14 FILTERS FILTER/BREATHER............................................................................................................................. 1.16 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................. 1.26 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 1.30 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES....................................................................................................... 1.26 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED............................................................... 1.29 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE......................................................................... 1.27 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS............................................................................. 1.28 FLUID INJECTION INJURY..................................................................................................................... 1.21 FLUID LEAKS..........................................................................................................................................1.18 G

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................ 1.4 GREASE INJECTION INJURY................................................................................................................. 1.22 H

HAZARD ZONE..........................................................................................................................................1.5 HOT FLUIDS AND HOT SURFACES....................................................................................................... 1.16 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK FILTER/BREATHER............................................................................................................................. 1.16 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD........................................................................................................ 1.18 I

INTERLOCK SWITCH.............................................................................................................................. 1.10 L

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS LIGHTNING SAFETY........................................................................................................................... 1.23 WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................................ 1.23 LIQUID STARTING AID.............................................................................................................................. 1.9 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD.................................................................................................................. 1.18 M

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION WITH LEVELER................................................................................................................................... 1.12 WITHOUT LEVELER............................................................................................................................ 1.11 N

NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB....................................................................................................................... 1.3 O

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................... 1.9

1.1

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

P

PARKING BOOM............................................................................................................................ 1.18, 1.19 PARKING HAZARDS............................................................................................................................... 1.15 PARKING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................................ 1.15 PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS, USING.................................................................................................... 1.22 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING......................................................................................................................... 1.4 R

REFUELING...............................................................................................................................................1.9 S

SAFETY HAZARDS, OPERATING............................................................................................................ 1.7 SAFETY HAZARDS, VITON SEALS.......................................................................................................... 1.7 SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON CAB DOORS............................................................................. 1.10 SAFETY LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.31 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL....................................................................................................... 1.4 BACKOVER ACCIDENTS...................................................................................................................... 1.8 HAZARD ZONE...................................................................................................................................... 1.5 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING..................................................................................................................... 1.4 VITON SEALS........................................................................................................................................ 1.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING.................................................................................................... 1.9 CAB EXITS.............................................................................................................................................1.9 FELLING TREES.................................................................................................................................. 1.14 INTERLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................... 1.10 LIQUID STARTING AID.......................................................................................................................... 1.9 MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION............................................................................................... 1.11 PARKING THE MACHINE.................................................................................................................... 1.15 SEAT BELT.............................................................................................................................................1.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING................................................................................................... 1.16 DISCONNECTING BATTERY CABLES............................................................................................... 1.17 ER BOOM SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 1.19 FLUID INJECTION INJURY.................................................................................................................. 1.21 GREASE INJECTION INJURY............................................................................................................. 1.22 HOT FLUIDS AND MACHINE SURFACES, WARNING....................................................................... 1.16 LEVELING SYSTEM............................................................................................................................ 1.20 PRIOR TO WELDING........................................................................................................................... 1.17 SAFETY SYMBOLS................................................................................................................................... 1.4 SEAT BELT.................................................................................................................................................1.9 SIGNAL WORDS........................................................................................................................................ 1.4 V

VIBRATION AND NOISE LEVELS INSIDE CAB........................................................................................ 1.3 VITON SEALS............................................................................................................................................ 1.7 W

WELDING, PRIOR TO............................................................................................................................. 1.17 WORKING WITH OIL................................................................................................................................. 1.6

1.2

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher VIBRATION AND NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB

Noise Level Inside Cab dB(A)

As per Tigercat test ETR00047 Microphone direction: Forward Rear Left Right Driving max speed (High) 77 76 77 76 Driving max speed (Low) 73 72 72 73 Boom opertation 72 73 72 73 NOISELEVELS.PDF

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

Check with your local Safety Commission to determine if hearing protection is required at these levels.

Vibration Level - Whole-body As per Tigercat test ETR007 & ISO 2631-1 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Seat Seat-back Health Comfort Driving max speed (High) 0.2370 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.5630 0.2310 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.3200 0.4660 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.2110 S 0.6571 0.5700 0.4850 Driving max speed (Low) 0.1140 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2150 0.0764 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.0977 0.2170 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0669 S 0.2890 0.2568 0.1800 Boom opertation 0.4510 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.6140 0.3710 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.2470 0.4440 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0838 S 0.9304 0.7310 0.5070

Feet 0.4020 0.4200 0.6140 0.2850 0.1200 0.1440 0.2230 0.1000 0.1830 0.3300 0.3670 0.1740

Vibration Level - Hand/Arm As per Tigercat test ETR007 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Driving max speed (High) S 1.770 Driving max speed (Low) S 1.170 Boom opertation S 0.770 *Note for hand/arm, all weighted RMS acceleration values are below 2.5 m/s 2 as per clause 3.6.3 Machinery Directive 98/37/EC Annex 1.

VIBRATION LEVEL.PDF

1.3

Safety

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SAFETY SYMBOLS

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!

Always read the operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

Follow the instructions in the safety message Understanding Signal Words

DANGER

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING

Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures that the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.4

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Safety

The following diagram illustrates the HAZARD ZONE. All personnel should be kept clear of this zone while the harvesting head is operating.

The HAZARD ZONE should be considered off limits to all individuals.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

150 m (500 ft)

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

150 m (500 ft)

150 m (500 ft)

Do not jump off the machine at any time.

Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine.

150 m (500 ft)

Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as handles when entering or leaving the cab.

860C-039

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps.

HAZARD ZONE

DANGER ROTATING SAW The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all harvesting equipment is shut down before advancing to the machine.

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the three point technique; use one hand with two feet or two hands with one foot.

NOTE: Opening the cab front door will stop machine functions. Opening the cab side door will NOT stop machine functions.

WARNING

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. Dry, de-ice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine.

1.5

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all around the machine.

WARNING Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

Check all fluid levels.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, oil shields, or other devices removed.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas.

No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

Working with oil Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints (example: eczema). Strict hygiene should always be observed.

To reduce risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately, always shut off engine before cleaning machine.

Some advice which should be observed: • • •

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

•

Machine should be washed completely at every major service.

• •

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

• •

Check windows and door guards for damage.

• •

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects. All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

•

Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns.

Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil.

Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water.

Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier.

Don't put oily rags in your pockets.

Oil soiled clothing should be changed as soon as possible.

Always keep an extra overall handy, but not in the machine where it can become dirty.

Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid.

Avoid breathing in oil fumes.

Wash hands and arms frequently (example: at each meal break or as often as possible).

Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

1.6

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Safety

Safety Hazards - Viton Seals O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above 315°C (600°F).

Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

Maintain a distance of 3 m (10 ft) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 10 mm (½ in.) for each additional 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire: •

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat; they will appear black and sticky.

•

If these are found, Do Not Touch!!!

•

Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets. If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

•

Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

•

Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to VEHICLE MOVING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components.

Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately five minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed.

This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

Safety Hazards - Operating Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided and approved with seating for the operator only.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Do not allow anyone to operate the machine who may not be physically fit or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

WARNING Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

1.7

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

WARNING

Avoid Injury from Backover Accidents Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine.

When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up.

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

To avoid backover accidents:

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery; it can explode.

•

Disconnect battery before working on electrical systems as follows: -

turn off master switch in cab

-

disconnect negative starter motor cable from both battery posts

-

disconnect positive master solenoid cable from both battery posts

•

• •

Connect ground terminal last when reconnecting.

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason.

Serious burns or an explosion can result.

• •

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulphuric acid which can severely damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents.

Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gasses. Keep arcs, sparks, open flames and lighted tobacco a safe distance from the batteries.

1.8

Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear.

Keep motion warning alarm in working condition. The motion warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in forward or reverse.

Use a signal person when backing up if view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view.

Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signalling.

Keep windows, mirrors and lights in good condition.

Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow etc. can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Safety

Before moving the machine to the work site, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured.

CAB EXITS There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

1. Front door, this is also the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab. This door is also equipped with a SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH. See SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR in THIS SECTION. 2. Side door, should be used for emergency exits only. Do not use this door to routinely enter or leave the cab. This door is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. ALWAYS SHUT OFF engine before using the side door exit.

3. Escape hatch, this is a third cab exit for use if the side exit or front door exit become blocked.

This hatch is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab.

ALWAYS SHUT OFF engine before using the escape hatch exit.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

All operators should practice using all the cab exits to become familiar with escape procedures should they need to perform them in the dark, when the machine is in a rolled position, or other possible adverse condition.

All three exits should be checked to make sure that they are operational and will function in an emergency. The safety interlock mechanism on the front door or the side door and escape hatch retaining mechanisms must not be tampered with or defeated.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

D Shut off engine when refueling - DO NOT refuel the engine while smoking or near open flame or sparks.

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

The operator’s seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Never use a liquid starting aid to start an engine.

IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

WARNING

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

THIS MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH A COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEATING ELEMENT IN THE ENGINE INTAKE SYSTEM. STARTING FLUIDS WILL EXPLODE ON CONTACT WITH THE HEATING ELEMENT. 1.9

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR:

3. NEVER travel near coworkers or other pieces of equipment with attachment running.

The front door is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the front door is open (pilot system is shut off).

INTERLOCK SWITCH

4. DO NOT allow people or other pieces of equipment near the harvesting operation.

5. DO NOT turn on attachment until machine is at the harvesting site.

6. Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

WARNING

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

822C-251

Push the red PILOT OFF switch and confirm the PILOT OFF Icon is activated (yellow) on the MD3 display before removing seat belt. DO NOT use the front door interlock switch to turn pilot OFF.

DO NOT open an escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

Keep the cab doors closed and use seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab.

Secure loose items in the cab.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure that the machine responds correctly.

Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the skylight are installed and properly secured.

Always rest the attachment on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or shut off.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

When travelling position attachment and boom so as not to impair vision.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

If saw guard has been installed, DO NOT REMOVE until at the cutting site. Remove guard before starting engine.

NOTE: Engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the door open.

WARNING The door safety interlock switch and the pilot reset switch are a safety feature and their function must not be compromised in any way.

To operate: Close the front door and press the green PILOT ON RESET switch . The PILOT ON icon will be activated (green) on the MD3 display.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

WARNING

1. When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

CAUTION

2. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. NEVER operate the boom or attachment over the heads of bystanders.

DO NOT open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

1.10

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION MACHINES WITHOUT LEVELER When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over.

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill: •

As logs are added to the accumulator pocket the handling and the stability of the machine will change.

•

To avoid tip over, keep the felling head as low as possible to maintain a low centre of gravity.

•

Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency.

•

Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a roll-over.

1.11

Safety

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION MACHINES WITH LEVELER This machine is designed to operate on rough terrain and slopes commonly found in forestry applications. However, ground conditions vary greatly with changing soil types, slope angles, moisture, snow and ice, rocks, boulders and stumps, and fallen trees. All of these factors affect the machine’s stability against tip-over and traction to resist slipping. This machine may not be capable of operating on some ground conditions, and must be used with caution.

26°

Whenever possible work within the normal working range of the boom system as shown in FIG. 1. Note that in any boom position, both inside and outside of the normal operating range, there is a risk of instability and tipping. When it is necessary to work outside of the normal working range, be aware that the stability of the machine is reduced. The risk of tipping is increased while operating in the reduced stability working range.

LH830-08

22°

NORMAL WORKING RANGE OF BOOM SYSTEM

LH830-09

FIG. 2 - UNDERCARRIAGE LEVELING ANGLES

UPHILL REDUCED STABILITY WORKING RANGE

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-030

•

Do not attempt to operate this machine on slopes without first receiving proper training.

•

Learn the stability limits or “feel” of the machine by first working on gentle slopes and by positioning the boom to reduce the risk of tipping. Gain experience over time by gradually increasing the angle of the slopes on which you are working.

•

Keep the attachment as close to the ground as possible to increase machine stability, and to allow the boom to be quickly lowered to the ground should the machine begin to tip.

•

Always use the LOW speed setting for the track drives when on slopes.

Travelling at an angle to the slope other than straight up and down decreases the traction of the tracks. Increasing the angle to the slope away from straight up and down can cause the machine to slide sideways downhill and/or possibly tip over.

FIG. 1 - WORKING RANGES

Be aware that the machine is in its least stable position on a slope with the boom to the rear.

All efforts have been made in the design of the machine to reduce the risk of tipping, however it is not possible to eliminate the risk of tipping.

To minimize the risk of tipping observe the following:

•

1.12

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher •

• • • •

•

•

•

•

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill.

Safety

BOOM TO FRONT KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GRADE

Always carry any load on the uphill side of the machine.

Do not lift or move objects that exceed machine stability.

Always be prepared to release the load in case it causes the machine to tip.

Always position the cab so that you have a clear view in the direction of travel. Be aware of ground conditions and obstacles in the machine’s path before moving the machine.

When crossing obstacles (boulders, stumps, ditches etc.) the machine can shift rapidly, greatly affecting the stability of the machine.

Move slowly over obstacles, and position the boom against the ground to reduce the risk of the machine shifting rapidly.

Backing over obstacles unexpectedly while travelling down a slope poses a tipping risk.

Know the path of the tracks whenever the machine is moved.

When climbing a slope the boom should face uphill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 3). When descending a slope the boom should face down hill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 4). Be aware that the machine is in its least stable position on a slope with the boom to the rear. Be particularly aware of machine stability when changing directions on, or travelling back down a slope.

As you gain experience, recognize that the maximum slope on which the machine can operate cannot be defined simply by an angle value. Variables in surface terrain, soil types, rocks, boulders, stumps, and fallen trees, changing weather conditions, and first and foremost the operator’s experience and skill levels greatly affect the maximum slope limitations. Be aware that these factors can result in a shallow slope posing greater risk than a relatively steeper slope. DO NOT attempt to work on slopes beyond your personal capability level.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 830-52

FIG. 3 - CLIMBING SLOPE BOOM TO REAR KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GRADE

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE

830-53

1.13

FIG 4. - DESCENDING SLOPE

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

FELLING TREES Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

WARNING DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

The boom system is intended for use in tree felling applications only.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

Inspect saw teeth, tooth retaining bolts, saw disc and felling head.

Ensure that all saw tooth retaining bolts are at correct torque value. Refer to attachment manual for correct values.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips.

Always replace saw tooth retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

Inspect saw disc for stress cracks and that saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

Never start the machine if saw blade has missing teeth or teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc.

Shut down machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Check that the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged.

When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

NEVER use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operator's are also moving in.

Preplan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

Do not over load felling head.

Work within your operating skills, do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head.

NEVER work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

Operate so that the chip discharge area of the felling head (where applicable) is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines.

Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area.

When cutting, properly position felling head in front of tree and have saw blade running at full rpm.

NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to co-workers or damage other vehicles.

To stop the blade from rotating, CAREFULLY lower the saw blade onto a stump gently to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

When backing away from a cut, watch out for obstacles in your path.

Always travel with felling head as close to the ground as possible, never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

1.14

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher WHEN PARKING THE MACHINE Park machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

Before leaving operator's cab, lower the felling attachment onto the ground.

If out of the operator's cab for an extended period shut the machine off.

•

Park on level ground only and engage the swing brake.

•

Do not park on a hillside or incline.

•

Lower attachment onto level ground.

•

Stop the engine.

•

Turn the master disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example - overnight).

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

NOTE: Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off battery disconnect switch. If battery disconnect is turned off before this the engine ECU (Electronic Control Unit) will register a fault.

Before transporting the machine check to ensure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

During transportation of the machine, ensure there is enough clearance on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

1.15

Safety

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

When servicing or repairing equipment, shut the engine down. Turn Battery Disconnect switch OFF and lock out the switch in accordance with local regulations. This machine is equipped with a remotely operated battery disconnect relay.

Some wiring on the machine is live even when the battery disconnect switch is off. When servicing the electrical system, remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative cables first.

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F).

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

Install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

822C-187

FILTER/ BREATHER CHECK VALVE 10 psi AIR VENT VALVE

FILTER/ BREATHER

GAUGE

DRIP TRAY OPEN/CLOSE LEVER 822C-243

After service is completed, close air vent valve.

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow recommended procedures.

1.16

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher Prior to welding on any part of the machine, the repair area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location.

Safety

DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUG FROM THE XS2 MODULE

Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable from all the batteries.

This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment, prior to welding:-

DISCONNECT 4 PIN ENGINE POWER CONNECTOR

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE ENGINE ECU

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI PIN CONNECTORS IN THE HARNESS

822C-181

822C-253

ENGINE ECU DISCONNECT - LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

Disconnect the XS2 Module multi-pin connector and the two multi-pin connectors in the wiring harness in the cab fuse and relay electrical cabinet.

Disconnect the engine ECU (Electronic Control Unit) by unplugging the four pin engine power connector and the two multi-pin connectors from the left side of the engine.

DISCONNECT THE MULTI PIN CONNECTOR FROM THE XA2 MODULE DISCONNECT THE MULTI PIN CONNECTOR FROM THE XA2 MODULE

LX830C-92

Disconnect the multi-pin connector on the XA2 Module mounted in the pump compartment.

822C-180

Disconnect the multi-pin connector on the XA2 Module mounted in the hydraulic tank compartment.

1.17

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher WARNING

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove coolant filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the attachment to the ground, stop engine and relieve trapped pressure before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. Refer to PARKING BOOM diagram (FIG. 1). Accumulators will self drain within two minutes of stopping the engine.

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewellery to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 830-07

FIG. 1 - PARKING BOOM

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

1.18

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Safety

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH AN ER BOOM SYSTEM

WARNING This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

Pay attention to the following when servicing the ER Boom System. Certain hydraulic circuits on this machine are inter-connected in order to provide level head-travel and to recirculate hydraulic oil to reduce heat generation and fuel consumption. As a result, disconnecting hydraulic lines from one cylinder may release pressure in different cylinder at the same time. Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that: (a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head sitting flat on the ground. (b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 5) or the hoist cylinder fully collapsed (FIG. 6). c) The tip of the stick boom supported .

55987BUNI R0

DO NOT rely on the harvester attachment to support the boom system during servicing.

Slow leakage in the hydraulic components can cause the attachment to move unexpectedly.

WARNING DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

The boom system is intended for use in the tree felling applications only.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 830-07

FIG. 1 - PARKING BOOM

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 830-08

FIG. 2 - PARKING BOOM

1.19

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes.

Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

WARNING

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Always follow attachment manufacturer's instructions and safety warnings before approaching attachment head to make adjustments.

WARNING DO NOT work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

WARNING

Dispose of fluids properly.

Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake.

Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

CAUTION

When performing required hydraulic checks and blade speed adjustments. Install the saw blade guard. Refer to attachment manufacturer's instructions.

Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured.

Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

Read, understand and follow all operating safety precautions specified by harvesting attachment manufacturer.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH A LEVELING SYSTEM

When opening or closing engine power door, watch for personnel in door areas.

Always install support braces in the leveling mechanism while performing service and maintenance tasks. This area is a crush zone.

Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

1.20

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher FLUID INJECTION INJURY

Safety

As always the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

When searching for possible fluid leaks • Never search for leaks with your bare hands.

Always wear thick protective gloves.

WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result.

Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

• •

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation.

There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not! Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

•

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid.

•

Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

• Recognize that the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

When performing any service work • Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

• Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected.

• Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur.

Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury: • Report the injury to your supervisor IMMEDIATELY. • Seek professional medical attention IMMEDIATELY.

1.21

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17-400 bar (246-5801 psi). It takes less than 7 bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

ALWAYS get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected and the elapsed time between injection and seeking medical attention all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following: •

All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns MUST be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

•

DO NOT OPERATE a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

•

Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

•

Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

•

Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

•

Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

•

Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

•

When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.22

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Safety

LIGHTNING SAFETY

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS

In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment.

Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices.

1. Designate a member of your crew to

WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

•

Monitor daily weather forecasts

•

Observe local weather conditions

•

Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops.

2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby.

3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear.

5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 mi). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped.

Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 ft) within the soil around the strike point.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder.

The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground.

When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder.

In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

1.23

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER. If you can, get inside.

1. Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately. Being anywhere outside is not safe.

2. If inside a building:

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

•

Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

•

Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

3. If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab:

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces. This is called the skin effect.

Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fiberglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection.

Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

Note that the rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle.

In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

1.24

•

Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

•

Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

•

Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

•

Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle.

Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

•

Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Safety

What to do if you feel your skin tingling, your hair stands on end, light metal objects vibrate or you hear a crackling sound.

1. Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

2. Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

3. Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

If you are caught outside and have no where else to go.

What to do if a co-worker has been struck by lightning.

1. Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

1. The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

2. Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

3. Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

2. Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

4. Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

3. If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth-to-mouth resuscitation immediately.

Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

5. Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees.

6. Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

4. Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

7. Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

8. Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites.

9. Stay at least 15 m (50 ft) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

10. Stay at least 5 m (16 ft) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you.

11. Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

1.25

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

FIRE PREVENTION

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smolder. If dislodged this smoldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

1.26

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage.

Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting any equipment.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

8. Use only nonflammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components.

9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler.

Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

11. Park the machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Never leave the machine parked with boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

Safety

17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by.

19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY AFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL. WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE

15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

•

Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

•

Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual.

•

Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

•

Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B. Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lighted cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

1.27

Safety •

•

•

• •

•

•

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS

Ensure that the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. Ensure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company.

Ensure that you follow all national, state/ provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively.

2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor.

3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting.

4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire suppression system** on your machine.

There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

•

If operating the machine when a fire occurs: 1. Lower all working attachments to the ground.

2. Shut the engine off.

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately.

5. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you.

6. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution. All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening.

7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

•

Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading.

2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back.

3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively.

4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive.

5. Be aware that engine coolant , diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire.

If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire.

Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area.

The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

1.28

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher •

Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher.

•

•

•

•

Safety

WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED

Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed.

Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

•

Before returning the machine to work.

1. Ensure that the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body.

Release the hose before taking aim.

2. Ensure that the fire detection system* or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge.

•

Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

Notify your equipment dealer and/or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101.

*NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine. **NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

822C-190

• • •

• •

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

Ensure that the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

Remain with the machine until help arrives.

1.29

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES

3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes.

The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder.

.

Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder.

Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup.

1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form.

Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air.

Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth.

2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic.

NOTE: that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack.

To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of three parts hot water to one part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution. Rinse thoroughly with water.

Blow-dry to remove all residual water.

Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is noncorrosive and nonconducting such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

1.30

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Safety

READ OPERATOR'S MANUAL AND USE THE SEAT BELT AT ALL TIMES!

SAFETY LABELS SAFETY LABELS The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION

This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual. This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

55737BUNI R0

READ MANUAL Always read the operator’s manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

Study all the safety messages in this manual and on the labels on the machine carefully.

USE SEAT BELT The operator's seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MOVE OR OPERATE the machine until the seat belt is fastened properly.

1.31

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

REMOVE IGNITION KEY BEFORE SERVICING THE MACHINE!

CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of a downward force crush zone caused by swinging or falling logs.

Prior to performing any service work or maintenance on the machine, stop the engine, REMOVE THE IGNITION KEY and store it in a safe place.

Approaching personnel are subject to crush injuries by falling or swinging logs which could result in death or serious injury.

DO NOT start the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use, the risk zone is 150 m (500 ft).

DO NOT attempt to service or work on the machine UNTIL THE LOAD IS REMOVED from the attachment, the VEHICLE IS IN THE PARKED POSITION and the ENGINE IS SHUT OFF.

1.32

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher CRUSH HAZARD

Safety

CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the engine enclosure door.

Be sure that all personnel are clear when opening and closing the engine enclosure door. Operating the engine enclosure door with personnel in the crush zone COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the engine enclosure door.

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the cab tilting.

CRUSH HAZARD, LEVELER

Be sure that all personnel are clear when tilting the cab. Operating the cab tilt function with personnel in the crush zone COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the cab tilt function.

:This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by movement of the leveling frames and cylinders when not properly supported.

Never work under the machine or near the leveler area when it is unsupported. Contact with moving frames and cylinders COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Properly support and brace the leveler cylinders and shut off engine before performing service work in this area.

1.33

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CUTTING HAZARD

ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD

36779BUNI R0

This label informs you of the cutting hazards of the cooling fan blade when the engine is running.

This label warns of an ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD (rotating parts) zone.

KEEP CLEAR of cutting hazards caused by rotating components.

DO NOT PLACE HANDS OR FINGERS IN THIS AREA. Rotating parts such as pulleys, belts and drives can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

DO NOT PLACE HANDS OR FINGERS IN THIS AREA. Rotating parts such as cooling fan blades can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING BELT, DRIVE OR PULLEY! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, shut engine off and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING FAN BLADES! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, shut engine off and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

1.34

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher ER BOOM WARNING

Safety

ER BOOM WARNING

55987BUNI R0

This label warns that the machine is equipped with an ER boom system.

This label warns that the machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this it may behave in an unexpected manner when switching between ER boom to non-ER boom operation.

Ensure no persons are near the machine.

Read the Operator's Manual to become familiar with the operation and movement of the ER boom system.

Read and understand the servicing procedures in the Service Manual and make sure boom and attachment are securly braced and supported before attempting to adjust pressures or disconnect hydraulic lines. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH COULD RESULT FROM CRUSHING.

Never permit persons to stand under boom or attachment. Contact COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. Always ensure attachment is resting securely on the ground before performing any of the following functions: 1. Shutting off engine.

2. De-energizing pilot circuit 3. Opening front door.

1.35

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

HOT SURFACES

STORED ENERGY HAZARD

This label warns of hot machine and machine component surfaces. Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine hydraulic tank and cooling system may become very hot when the machine has been running. DO NOT TOUCH these hot surfaces, contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled to below 38°C (100°F).

This label warns of a STORED ENERGY HAZARD. The machine is equipped with an accumulator (located in the hydraulic tank area, attached to the pilot manifold). The accumulator has stored energy in the form of hydraulic pressure.

Servicing the accumulator, hydraulic tank or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure could result in death or serious injury.

DO NOT SERVICE ACCUMULATOR OR ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS BEFORE RELEASING PRESSURE.

1.36

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Safety

ELECTROCUTION HAZARD!

NO RIDERS

This label is located in the cab. It warns of a potential ELECTROCUTION HAZARD. Contact with electric lines WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY!

NO RIDERS INSIDE OR OUTSIDE OFTHE MACHINE. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle seating accommodation is for one operator only.

Persons riding on the outside of the machine are subject to hazards such as falling off the machine, crush hazards, thrown object hazards and many other hazards WHICH COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Before beginning work in any area study the area thoroughly and become familiar with any potential hazards especially electrocution hazards from electric lines.

DO NOT MOVE ANY PART OF THE MACHINE OR LOAD WITHIN 3 m (10 ft) PLUS TWO TIMES LINE INSULATOR LENGTH OF ANY ELECTRIC LINES!

If any person attempts to climb onto the machine during operation, STOP THE MACHINE IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT Operate the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

KEEP BACK

This label warns personnel to KEEP BACK 150 m (500 ft) due to flying projectiles and falling trees. Danger exists predominantly around the attachment.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment has been shut down before advancing to the machine.

1.37

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

CAB, LEFT-HAND SIDE EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR

This label warns of the potential of a severe shock hazard.

This label reminds the operator that this door should not be used as a point of entry into the cab, except in the case of an emergency where emergency personnel need to gain access to the operator. It is also located on the left-hand cab door post next to the door, alerting the operator that, in the event of an emergency this door can be used as an emergency exit.

TURN OFF Battery Disconnect Switch BEFORE removing the battery compartment cover.

Ensure all exit doors and exit hatch are functioning properly at all times.

Ensure the positive battery cables are disconnected befor performing any service.

Refer to SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

55992BUNI R0

DO NOT short out battery terminals for any reason. Serious burns and/or an explosion can result.

CAB ROOF EMERGENCY ESCAPE HATCH

Refer to GENERAL SAFETY PRECATIONS in THIS SECTION.

This label shows how to release the escape hatch clam-brackets in order to use the hatch as an emergency exit should the other two emergercy exits fail to open.

Ensure all exit locations are functioning properly.

Refer to ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Refer to SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

1.38

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher EXPLOSIVE RELEASE OF HOT COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURIZED FLUID

Safety

EXPLOSION HAZARD

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

This label warns of an EXPLOSION HAZARD. The engine is equipped with a heater starting aid, DO NOT USE ETHER to assist in starting the engine.

USING ETHER COULD CAUSE AN EXPLOSION WHICH COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

33952AUNI R0

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

This label warns of a PRESSURE AND FLUID SPRAY HAZARD when the the coolant in the radiator is hot.

DO NOT LOOSEN CAP UNTIL COOL, explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove coolant filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

This label indicates PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION.

1.39

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

FIRE PREVENTION!

CHECK DAILY

In addition to the previous label this label is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

This label advises operators of the following: READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW THE FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES IN THIS MANUAL. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance MUST BE PERFORMED FREQUENTLY (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and KNOW HOW TO USE IT! This label indicates the location of each FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE.

1.40

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher WEIGHT CAPACITY

MAX 225 kg (500 lb)

55816BUNI R0

This label advises of the maximum downward load an open engine power door can withstand, in this case, 225 kg (500 lb). Know the weight of the load to be placed on the door before doing so.

Exceeding the maximum load can lead to machine damage and serious personal injury.

1.41

Safety

Safety

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

1.42

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY............................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY DANGER This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules that suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

DANGER

CONTENTS - APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 C

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTION OF THROW...........................................................................................................................................A.7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY...............................................................................................................A.8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS...............................................................................................................................A.7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES.......................................................................................................................A.10 D

DANGERS.....................................................................................................................................................................A.3 F

FOREWORD.................................................................................................................................................................A.2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS................................................................................................................................A.3 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS..........................................................................................................................................A.3 SAFE PRACTICES....................................................................................................................................................A.3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED...............................................................................................................A.2 STORED ENERGY....................................................................................................................................................A.3 H

HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY...........................................................................................................A.9 S

SAW HEAD DON'TS...................................................................................................................................................A.15 T

TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE.............................................................................................................A.4

5211A • R4-1015

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

FOREWORD SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED

Tigercat wheel type feller bunchers (figure 1) and crawler feller bunchers (figure 2) can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each has certain advantages and disadvantages they are chosen where they best do specific types of work.

SAW25A

FIGURE 1: BROADSIDE SAW CONTACT WITH A LOG COULD PRODUCE A THROW

SAW24

FIGURE 2: A SUDDEN MACHINE MOVEMENT MAY CAUSE AN UNEXPECTED THROW AT THE CAB

A.2

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

STORED ENERGY

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS

The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor during the times between tree cuts so that it can supply up to 1000 hp during a 1 sec tree cut. However this rotational energy, if misapplied can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and to hurt people.

It is also understood and expected that all instructions contained in service and operator's manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines will be followed.

THE DANGERS

BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS

There are at least these means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing:

It is important that users of machines with disc saw felling heads are aware of certain safety precautions that need to be taken. In this section some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained . These should be studied before use of the machinery and then reviewed again after use has begun.

• The normal throwing of chips from the cut.

• Soil particles are thrown from the ground.

• Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade.

• Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

SAFE PRACTICES

• Metal pieces from the blade or from objects encountered are thrown.

It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators will develop and practice additional rules that suit (for example) particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information given here is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade.

• In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described here.

A.3

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING TYPES TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used.

Figure 3 shows a typical commonly used saw housing plan where there is a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throw. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth so that if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log the saw teeth will not contact the wood.

THROW ANGLE

SAW13

IF A SAW HEAD IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SNOUTS PREVENT SAW TEETH FROM CONTACTING WOOD.

FIGURE 3: TYPICAL COMMONLY USED SAW HOUSING, CONTINUOUS SKIRT WITH OPENING WHERE TREES ARE CUT. SNOUTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE MOUTH.

A.4

SAW17

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Figure 4 shows another commonly used plan. It has no blade guarding snouts so that the saw blade teeth do protrude ahead of the housing. This may be preferred over figures 3 and 5 for dexterity in tree getting.

THROW ANGLE

SAW14

IF A SAW HEAD WITHOUT SNOUTS IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, THE SAW TEETH WILL CONTACT WOOD.

FIGURE 4: ANOTHER COMMONLY USED HOUSING PLAN WITH NO SNOUTS, BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

SAW15

In figure 5, there is a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of snout.

THROW ANGLE

NUDGED LOG WILL NOT CONTACT SAW TEETH EXTRA LENGTH OF SNOUT WILL INTERCEPT PORTION OF THROWN MATERIAL

SAW12

FIGURE 5: HOUSING USES LONGER SNOUT ON IN-GOING SIDE OF MOUTH WHERE ROTATING BLADE ENTERS HOUSING.

A.5

SAW18

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING TYPES CONTINUED In figure 6a and 6b there is an additional opening in the housing skirt. Openings in this location are sometimes provided for escape of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing.

In figure 6c a guard has been added to the chip escape port so that tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing.

Each figure shows a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included.

The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another.

It is important that the operator familiarize himself with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction any chip escape ports allow material to fly.

A CHIP ESCAPE PORT CAN ALLOW THROW BEHIND THE MACHINE

REAR

FRONT

FIGURE 6a SAW19 SAW20 SAW26

FIGURE 6b

FIGURE 6c

FIGURE 6: ADDITIONAL OPENING IN THE HOUSING SKIRT.

A.6

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely ASSESSING THE POTENTIAL DANGERS ON THE JOB SITE

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on the logging operation has to be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do his job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns. Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS While it may appear that these illustrated danger areas can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips fly during a cut, that is only true for chips and other light weight materials. Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances.

Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE Poor saw maintenance increases these dangers. Some designs that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important that the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

DIRECTION OF THROW The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the angle of throw is pointed by boom geometry, not just when a cut is being made.

THROW DISTANCE The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips.

More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a “safe distance” but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

SAFE OPERATING AREAS These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

A.7

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY When a felling machine is equipped with a high speed disc saw head with a high angle wrist rotation ability it should be determined that the limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, do not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, see figure 7a. It is probably essential that the housing have a long snout on the throw side and that if a chip escape port is used it should be guarded.

With these high mechanical freedom arrangements there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab, refer to figure 2 and 7b. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been especially constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

A.8

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

FELLING HEAD • WITH A CHIP ESCAPE PORT AND SHORT SNOUT. • SHOWN IN A HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION POSITION, PLACING OPERATOR'S CAB IN DIRECT LINE WITH UNGUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT FIGURE 7a

PLAN VIEW OF MACHINE SHOWING CLOCKWISE AND COUNTERCLOCKWISE BLADE ROTATION

FIGURE 7b

FELLING HEAD • WITH LONGER SNOUT ON THROW SIDE OF OPENING AND WITH A GUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT.

SAW21A SAW23

FIGURE 7: DISC SAW FELLING HEAD WITH HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY A.9

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat In this last case tests have shown that if the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface; and if the feed in is very fast; and if the piece of wood is long enough; then the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated in figures 8 to 11.

Tests and experience have shown that when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw. If the wood is held firmly in all directions and the saw advanced into it at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only held against escape from the saw radially, but not held tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially.

SAW HOUSING HAS SKIS, BUT WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

SLAB

A SLAB, WHICH COULD LATER BE THROWN, MIGHT HAPPEN WHEN NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN HEAD TO COMPLETELY CUT THE LAST TREE

SLAB

TH DIR ROW EC TIO N

N DI

E

FE

SAW10

FIGURE 8

SAW2

FIGURE 8a: HOW A SLAB CAN BE THROWN FROM THE SIDE OF A LOG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO SLAB/LOG

SLAB

LOG A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS SPEAR THROW

FEED IN SAW7

FIGURE 8B SIDE VIEW

SAW7

A.10

FIGURE 8C TOP VIEW

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Figures 8 and 9 show two ways that this might happen in the woods if using the saw head of figure 4 (where the throw contact can be long). A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work. A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A SMALL LOG IN A PILE OF OTHER LOGS MIGHT ALSO BE PROPELLED OUT WITH ENOUGH LENGTH OF CONTINUED CONTACT WITH THE BLADE TO REACH NEAR SAW TIP SPEED.

ED

FE

IN

SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG PILE

FIGURE 9a: HOW A LOG CAN BE THROWN LIKE A SPEAR

SAW3

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE SMALL LOG LOG PILE

FEED IN

A SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS ALLOWS A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

SAW8

FIGURE 9b SIDE VIEW

FEED IN

SAW8

A.11

FIGURE 9c TOP VIEW

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED Figure 10 shows how a head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact. Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown.

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

UNCUT TREE OR STUMP BACKUP

WHEN ONLY THE END OF A LOG CAN MAKE CONTACT WITH THE SAW, THERE IS NOT MUCH THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG

SAW6

FIGURE 10: FELLING HEAD HOUSING WITH SNOUTS DOES NOT ALLOW A LONG THROW CONTACT Figure 11 warns that blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming. A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO STUMP (FEED SPEED)

SAW11

FIGURE 11: A BLOCK OF WOOD CAN BE TOSSED WHEN TRIMMING STUMPS A.12

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

SAW BLADE THROW GAP Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut, see figure 12. Fallen sticks and debris or sticks and debris sliding across the saw blade can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and be struck by the teeth and be tossed or thrown. Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

THROW GAP

SAW122

FIGURE 12: SAW BLADE THROW GAP

A.13

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED SAW HOUSING ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape. The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out, see figure 13. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the other side reduces this danger.

THE INGOING ENTRANCE OF THE HOUSING FOR THE SAW RIM OF TEETH SHOULD BE SMALL SAW22 SAW22A SAW22B

THE OUTGOING OPENING IS LARGER TO ALLOW THE HOUSING TO CLEAN ITSELF AND WILL ALLOW MOST THINGS INSIDE TO BE THROWN OUT

FIGURE 13: SAW BLADE ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE

A.14

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds. Tigercat is continuing to do design and testing of tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

THE FOLLOWING ARE SOME SAW HEAD DON’TS THAT APPLY PARTICULARLY TO THROW PREVENTION: • Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance.

• Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct-line at the machine cab.

• Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut.

• Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw.

• Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head.

• Do not over speed the blade rpm.

• Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer.

• Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement.

• Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings.

• Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out.

• Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do.

• Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head.

• Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts.

• Do not cut short small stalks when blade speed is low.

• Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area.

• Do not assume that visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

• Do not assume that the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger.

• Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward.

• Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles.

• Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

A.15

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

A.16

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher SECTION 2 - CONTROLS & OPERATION CONTENTS - SECTION 2

ISSUE 2.0, DECEMBER 2015

ACCESS DOORS & COVERS................................................................................................................. 2.94 ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE........................................................................................................ 2.14 AIR CLEANER.......................................................................................................................................2.106 AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE...................................................................................................... 2.106 AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER CONTROLS............................................................................................. 2.26 AIR FILTERS FRESH AIR, A/C UNIT.......................................................................................................................... 2.36 RECIRCULATING AIR, A/C UNIT......................................................................................................... 2.36 AIR PRECLEANER - ENGINE............................................................................................................... 2.106 AM/FM STEREO CD................................................................................................................................ 2.37 ANTISTALL, SWITCH WITH LIGHT......................................................................................................... 2.23 AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS................................................................................................ 2.46 AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET................................................................................................................. 2.28 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH......................................................................................................... 2.22 BOOM CONTROLS.....................................................................................................2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13 CARE OF THE MACHINE...................................................................................................................... 2.122 CIGARETTE LIGHTER............................................................................................................................ 2.28 CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLER PACKAGE................................................................................... 2.108 GRAFFITI REMOVAL......................................................................................................................... 2.125 INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................................................................. 2.124 POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS......................................................................................................... 2.122 REMOVAL OF ANTICORROSION SPRAY, IF APPLICABLE............................................................. 2.125 COLD WEATHER STARTING................................................................................................................ 2.116 COMPUTER................................................................................................................................... 2.22, 2.42 ADJUSTMENT MENU................................................................................................................ 2.45, 2.46 ANTI-STALL MODE........................................................................................................................... 2.46 ANTI-STALL SERVICE...................................................................................................................... 2.50 AUTO-ACCUMULATE....................................................................................................................... 2.50 AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS......................................................................................... 2.46 HYDRAULICS................................................................................................................................... 2.49 LEVELING.........................................................................................................................................2.49 MACHINE PARAMETERS................................................................................................................ 2.48 MACHINE TYPE............................................................................................................................... 2.48 OIL GRADE SELECTION................................................................................................................. 2.45 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, WRIST................................................................................................ 2.53 ALERT MESSAGES............................................................................................................................. 2.92 CRITICAL MESSAGES........................................................................................................................ 2.90 DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................................................. 2.84 DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT...................................................................................................................... 2.83 ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................... 2.51 ENGINE MENU..................................................................................................................................... 2.44 INFORMATION MODE SELECTION.................................................................................................... 2.46 LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................. 2.86 MAIN DISPLAY..................................................................................................................................... 2.43 MAIN MENU SCREEN......................................................................................................................... 2.47 MD3 MESSAGES................................................................................................................................. 2.89 ALERT MESSAGES, YELLOW......................................................................................................... 2.92 CRITICAL MESSAGES, RED........................................................................................................... 2.90 ERROR MESSAGES, RED............................................................................................................... 2.91 INFORMATION MESSAGES, BLUE................................................................................................. 2.93 2.1

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

MEASURE MENU................................................................................................................................. 2.78 ANTI-STALL...................................................................................................................................... 2.81 DM1 INFORMATION......................................................................................................................... 2.81 ENGINE PARAMETERS................................................................................................................... 2.80 FAULT INFORMATION...................................................................................................................... 2.80 HYDRAULICS................................................................................................................................... 2.79 INPUTS.............................................................................................................................................2.78 I/O......................................................................................................................................................2.80 IQAN STATUS................................................................................................................................... 2.80 OUTPUTS.........................................................................................................................................2.79 SENSORS.........................................................................................................................................2.81 PREFERENCES MENU....................................................................................................................... 2.82 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................... 2.83 USB PORT............................................................................................................................................2.22 WARMUP MODE.................................................................................................................................. 2.44 CONTROL PANEL FRONT..................................................................................................................................................2.23 PILLAR.................................................................................................................................................2.21 REAR....................................................................................................................................................2.26 COOLER PACKAGE - CLEANING......................................................................................................... 2.108 COOLING FAN, SWITCH......................................................................................................................... 2.28 CRITICAL MESSAGES, RED.................................................................................................................. 2.90 DEFAULT SETTINGS TABLE......................................................................................................... 2.58, 2.77 DOORS, SERVICE ACCESS................................................................................................................... 2.94 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT.......................................................................................................... 2.63 AUTO-ACCUMULATE SETTINGS....................................................................................................... 2.67 CLAMP ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................... 2.59 WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS............................................................................................................... 2.58 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, LEVELING CYLINDERS ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING AND MIN/MAX SETTINGS....................................................... 2.70 ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED)................... 2.75 ADJUSTING START AND STOP RAMPS............................................................................................ 2.73 CONTROL ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS - CURRENT OUT (COUT)...................................................... 2.69 LEVELER DEFAULT SETTINGS.......................................................................................................... 2.77 EMERGENCY EXITS CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH.............................................................................. 2.38 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR:.................................................................................... 2.38 ESCAPE HATCH.................................................................................................................................. 2.37 ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT.................................................................................... 2.38 MAINTENANCE GUIDE....................................................................................................................... 2.38 SIDE DOOR..........................................................................................................................................2.37 ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER................................................................................................................. 2.106 ENGINE ANTISTALL, SWITCH WITH LIGHT.......................................................................................... 2.23 ENGINE ENCLOSURE, POWER DOOR ELECTRIC PUMP................................................................... 2.95 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES....................................................................................................... 2.93 ENGINE HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES............................................................................................ 2.36 ENGINE POWER DOOR - SWITCH........................................................................................................ 2.21 ENGINE, RESTARTING AFTER ENGINE RUNS OUT OF FUEL.......................................................... 2.118 FILTER, FRESH AIR, A/C UNIT............................................................................................................... 2.36 FILTER, RECIRCULATING AIR, A/C UNIT.............................................................................................. 2.36

2.2

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

FILTERS.................................................................................................................... SEE ALSO SECTION 3 AIR CLEANER FILTER ELEMENTS.................................................................................................. 2.106 CHARGE PILOT................................................................................................................................. 2.105 DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS - HYDRAULIC TANK................................................................................ 2.103 FILTER/BREATHER - HYDRAULIC TANK......................................................................................... 2.103 RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL.................................................................. 2.104 RETURN, HYDRAULIC OIL............................................................................................................... 2.103 STRAINER - FUEL TANK..................................................................................................................... 2.98 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, OPTIONAL.......................................................................................... 2.30 AUTOMATIC OPERATION................................................................................................................... 2.31 AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES............................................................................... 2.35 COMPONENT LOCATIONS................................................................................................................. 2.35 DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM........................................................................................................... 2.32 IN CASE OF FIRE:............................................................................................................................... 2.32 INSPECTION OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM.................................................................... 2.34, 2.35 MANUAL OPERATION......................................................................................................................... 2.31 FOOT PEDALS, TRACK DRIVE.............................................................................................................. 2.16 FRONT CONTROL PANEL...................................................................................................................... 2.23 FUEL, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION........................................................................................................ 2.99 FUEL COOLER......................................................................................................................................2.100 FUEL HEATER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................... 2.24 FUEL, REFUELING PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................... 2.99 FUEL TANK CAPACITY............................................................................................................................................2.98 COMPONENTS.................................................................................................................................... 2.98 REFUELING PROCEDURE................................................................................................................. 2.99 FUSES AND RELAYS CAB......................................................................................................................................................2.17 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................... 2.19 REAR PANEL....................................................................................................................................... 2.18 GRAFFITI REMOVAL............................................................................................................................. 2.122 HAND FILL PUMP - HYDRAULIC OIL................................................................................................... 2.105 HEATER CONTROLS, CAB..................................................................................................................... 2.26 HEATER CONTROLS,ENGINE COOLANT- OPTIONAL......................................................................... 2.22 HEATER - HYDRAULIC OIL (OPTIONAL)............................................................................................. 2.104 HORN, SAFETY ALERT, SWITCH........................................................................................................... 2.28 HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES, ENGINE........................................................................................... 2.36 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES................................................................................ 2.102, 2.110 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK ADDING HYDRAULIC OIL................................................................................................................. 2.105 FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH.................................................................................. 2.104 FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE............................................................................................................ 2.104 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS................................................................................................................. 2.103 HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER - OPTIONAL............................................................................................ 2.104 IGNITION KEY SWITCH.......................................................................................................................... 2.24 INFORMATION MESSAGES................................................................................................................... 2.93 INSPECTION OF THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM............................................................... 2.33, 2.34 INSTRUMENT PANEL - PILLAR DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS, OPTIONAL......................................................................................... 2.22 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION............................................................................................. 2.21 ENGINE POWER DOOR, SWITCH...................................................................................................... 2.21 ER MODE, SWITCH............................................................................................................................. 2.22 LIGHTS, SERVICE, SWITCH............................................................................................................... 2.21 MASTER ALARM.................................................................................................................................. 2.21 MASTER ALARM LIGHT...................................................................................................................... 2.21 MD3 COMPUTER................................................................................................................................. 2.22 2.3

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

INTERIOR LIGHTS.................................................................................................................................. 2.36 JOYSTICKS - INTERMITTENT SAW............................................................................................. 2.12, 2.13 JOYSTICKS, LEFT AND RIGHT HAND......................................................................................... 2.10, 2.11 KEY SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................2.24 LEVELING CONTROLS, JOYSTICKS........................................................................................... 2.11, 2.13 LEVELING SPEED, CHECKING (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES) ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED)................... 2.70 LIGHTS INTERIOR.............................................................................................................................................2.36 SERVICE..............................................................................................................................................2.21 LOAD SENSING, OPERATING TIPS..................................................................................................... 2.120 MACHINE PREPARATION SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP........................................................................................................ 2.119 MASTER ALARM..................................................................................................................................... 2.21 MASTER ALARM LIGHT.......................................................................................................................... 2.21 MASTER DISCONNECT SWITCH........................................................................................................... 2.22 MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND DISPLAY................................................................ 2.42 MD3 COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY.......................................................................................................... 2.43 MD3 MESSAGES..................................................................................................................................... 2.89 OIL GRADE SELECTION......................................................................................................................... 2.45 OPERATING MACHINE, PRESTART CHECKS.................................................................................... 2.110 OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING........................................................................................... 2.120 PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS.................................................................................................................. 2.6 PILLAR CONTROL PANEL...................................................................................................................... 2.21 PILOT SYSTEM “OFF”, PUSH BUTTON SWITCH.................................................................................. 2.27 PILOT SYSTEM RESET, PUSH BUTTON SWITCH................................................................................ 2.26 POWER DOOR, ENGINE........................................................................................................................ 2.95 POWER DOOR, ENGINE - SWITCH....................................................................................................... 2.21 REAR CONTROL PANEL......................................................................................................................... 2.26 REFUELING PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................... 2.99 RELAYS AND FUSES CAB......................................................................................................................................................2.17 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................... 2.19 REAR PANEL....................................................................................................................................... 2.18 REMOVAL OF ANTICORROSION SPRAY............................................................................................ 2.125 SAW, ATTACHMENT, SWITCH................................................................................................................ 2.28 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................. 2.83 SEAT........................................................................................................................................................2.40 SERVICE ACCESS DOORS.................................................................................................................... 2.94 SERVICE LIGHTS.................................................................................................................................... 2.21 SLOPE INDICATORS............................................................................................................................... 2.21 STARTING ENGINE............................................................................................................................... 2.115 COLD WEATHER STARTING............................................................................................................ 2.116 STEREO AM/FM RADIO/CD.................................................................................................................... 2.37 SWING BRAKE, SWITCH WITH LIGHT.................................................................................................. 2.23 SWING CONTROL, JOYSTICK..................................................................................2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13 THROTTLE SWITCH............................................................................................................................... 2.25 TRACK DRIVE, FOOT PEDALS.............................................................................................................. 2.16 TRACK, LOW/DRIVE, SWITCH WITH LIGHT......................................................................................... 2.27 TRAVELLING, BOOM RAISED.............................................................................................................. 2.120 TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL LEVER....................................................................................................... 2.16 USB PORT - MD3 COMPUTER............................................................................................................... 2.22 2.4

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

WARMUP MODE...................................................................................................................................... 2.44 WINDOWS CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS CAUTIONS......................................................................................................................................2.124 CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS.......................................................................................................... 2.124 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES........................................................................................ 2.124 FIRE PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................................... 2.125 GRAFFITI REMOVAL...................................................................................................................... 2.125 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE............................................................................................... 2.123 RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS...................................................................................................... 2.123 RESISTANCE TO WATER.............................................................................................................. 2.123 WORK LIGHTS SWITCH......................................................................................................................... 2.23

2.5

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS Diagrams in pictorial form are used to represent machine function operation. They are a simple universal language of symbols or pictograms that illustrate a function or component without the use of words.

Examples of these pictograms are the turtle speed such as SLOW =

or FAST =

and the rabbit

that are often used to describe

.

= Accumulator arms - AUTO

or

= Accumulator arms - OPEN

or

= Accumulator arms - CLOSE

or

= Boom IN

= Boom OUT

= Boom UP

= Adjustment Menu or

= Boom DOWN

= Air Conditioner ON = Boom IN - TELESCOPIC = Air Conditioner OFF = Boom OUT - TELESCOPIC

= Air Source, FRESH AIR

= Cigarette Lighter, 24 Volt

= Air Source, RECIRCULATE

= Alert Message

= Clamp arms CLOSE

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 12 V

= Clamp arms OPEN

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 24 V

= Control Lever Multiple Direction

= Battery Connect = Critical Error Message

= Battery Disconnect = Boom - ER System

= Critical Message 2.6

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

= Engine Emission Inhibit Mode

= Defrost, Front Window or

= Disc Saw

= Engine Emission System Temperature = ER Boom Function ON

= Engine Menu

= ER Boom Function OFF

= Engine Antistall

= Fan - Auto Reversing/Cleaning

= Engine Antistall ON

= Fan - Full ON

= Engine Antistall OFF

= Fan - Reverse/Clean

= Engine Boost Pressure

= Fan - Ventilation Blower

= Engine Air Intake Pressure (Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted)

= Feed Rollers - Forward = Engine Charge Air Temperature

= Feed Rollers - Reverse

= Engine Coolant Temperature

= Fluid Level High

= Engine Diagnostics

= Fluid Level Low

= Engine - Percentage of Load

= Foot Pedal Control

= Engine Oil Pressure

= Fuel Consumption Rate = Fuel - Diesel

= Engine Speed - rpm

= Fuel Heater

= Engine WAIT TO START

= Fuel = Engine Emission Filter = Fuel, Computer icon

2.7

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

= Fuel Reset

= Head - TILT FORWARD

= Fuel - Water in Fuel = Head - TILT BACK = Grapple - CLOSE

= Heel - TILT IN = Grapple - OPEN = Heel - TILT OUT = Grapple - ROTATE (CCW) = Horn = Hours - Machine

= Grapple - ROTATE (CW)

= Hours - Engine = Harvester Head

= Hydraulic Oil FILTER BYPASS

= Harvester Head - TILT FLOAT

= Hydraulic Tank = Harvester Head - TILT DOWN = Hydraulic Oil GRADE = Harvester Head - TILT UP = Hydraulic Oil LEVEL = Harvester Head - ROTATE (CW)

= Hydraulic Oil TEMPERATURE

= Harvester Head - ROTATE (CCW)

= Imperial/Metric Toggle

= Information Menu

2.8

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

= Speed - FAST or High

= Information Message

= Speed - SLOW or Low = Swing - BRAKE

= Leveling - LEFT

= Swing - RIGHT (CW) = Leveling - RIGHT = Swing - LEFT (CCW) = Leveling - FORWARD = Switch - ON

= Switch - OFF

= Leveling - BACK

= Temperature

= Lights - WORK

= Track, LH FORWARD/REVERSE and TRAVEL

= Lights - ENGINE, SERVICE

= Track, RH FORWARD/REVERSE = Pilot System - ON (Reset) = Vacuum

= Pilot System - OFF

= Wheel Arms - CLOSE

= Roof, Power - CLOSE

= Wheel Arms - OPEN = Roof, Power - OPEN = Wrist - (CCW) = Saw - CUT = Wrist - (CW)

= Speed - CREEP or Very Slow

2.9

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher IMPORTANT!

This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

CONTROLS - CAB 1 2

855C-016A

855C-016

1. LH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

2. RH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

Stick Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper frame to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper frame to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre left Push to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, centre right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE.

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD. Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK. Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre left Programmable - Refer to INFORMATION MODE SELECTION in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre right Push to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE.

2.10

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

1

Controls and Operation

2

855C-016A

855C-016

1A. LH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

2A. RH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

Stick Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper frame to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD.

Move the joystick left to swing the upper frame to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre left Push to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, centre right No factory equipped function.

Leveling, Left/Right Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt left Push to tilt upper structure to the LEFT. Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt right Push to tilt upper structure to the RIGHT.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre left Programmable - Refer to INFORMATION MODE SELECTION in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre right Push to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE. Leveling, Front/Back Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt forward Push to tilt upper structure FORWARD. Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt backward Push to tilt upper structure BACKWARD.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE.

2.11

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher IMPORTANT!

This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

CONTROLS - CAB (INTERMITTENT SAW) 1 2

855C-016A

855C-016

1B. LH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

2B. RH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

Stick Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper frame to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper frame to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre left Push to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, centre right Push to activate SAW RETRACT. Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD. Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK. Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre left Push to activate SAW EXTEND/CUT. Thumb switch, centre right Push to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE. 2.12

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

1

Controls and Operation

2

855C-016A

855C-016

1C. LH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

2C. RH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

Stick Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper frame to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD.

Move the joystick left to swing the upper frame to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre left Push to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, centre right Push to activate SAW RETRACT. Leveling, Left/Right Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt left Push to tilt upper structure to the LEFT. Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt right Push to tilt upper structure to the RIGHT.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, centre left Push to activate SAW EXTEND/CUT. Thumb switch, centre right Push to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE. Leveling, Front/Back Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt forward Push to tilt upper structure FORWARD.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE.

Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt backward Push to tilt upper structure BACKWARD.

2.13

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE

ACCUMULATION MODES

The accumulation mode feature allows the operator to select an accumulation mode (NORMAL, AUTOMATIC or SIMULTANEOUS).

Accumulation modes modify the operation of the accumulating arm and clamp arm controls.

A. NORMAL ACCUMULATION MODE Normal Accumulation Mode is intended to allow the operator to use the accumulating and clamp arms controls in the standard control configuration without any additional automatic features.

The accumulation mode feature is computer controlled and is available only when selected through the Adjustment Menu computer.

NOTE: When equipped with a shear felling head attachment, the clamp arms and shear open and close together.

of the MD3

NOTE: When the accumulation mode feature is turned OFF the controls operate in the same manner as they do in the Normal Accumulation Mode.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

LEFT JOYSTICK - ACCUMULATING ARMS Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN the accumulating arms.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

RIGHT JOYSTICK - CLAMP ARMS Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the clamp arms.

MODE SELECTION

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the clamp arms.

WARNING

Press the F3 button to select the accumulator arms AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS menu will appear. Three choices are given, NORMAL, AUTO ACCUMULATE or SIMULTANEOUS. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

2.14

•

Movement of accumulating or clamp arms could result in death or serious injury.

•

Do not allow personnel near attachment head until it is lowered to the ground and the engine is shut off.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher B. AUTOMATIC ACCUMULATION MODE

Controls and Operation

C. SIMULTANEOUS ACCUMULATION MODE

Automatic Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to accumulate several trees in the head. Automatic Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

Simultaneous Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to fell one tree at a time rather than accumulating several trees. Simultaneous Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

NOTE: When equipped with a shear felling head attachment, the clamp arms and shear open and close together.

NOTE: When equipped with a shear felling head attachment, the clamp arms and shear open and close together.

LEFT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN both the accumulating and clamp arms with a single operator command.

LEFT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left

Push to OPEN the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating and clamp arm movements.

Thumb switch, lower right

Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

RIGHT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE both the clamp and accumulating arms with a single operator command.

RIGHT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the clamp arms and OPEN the accumulating arms with a single operator command.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN both the clamp and accumulating arms with a single operator command.

Release to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Standard Accumulation Mode.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the clamp arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated clamp arm movements.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Standard Accumulation Mode.

2.15

Controls and Operation 3B

822-D06

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 3A

SPEED INDICATOR

FOOT PEDALS

3A. RIGHT FOOT PEDAL - RIGHT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with TOE to drive RIGHT TRACK FORWARD. Depress foot pedal with HEEL to drive RIGHT TRACK REVERSE.

4. TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL The speed control feature of the MD3 computer allows the operator to set the maximum speed of the machine to maintain a given speed without having to feather the drive pedals.

3B. LEFT FOOT PEDAL - LEFT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with TOE to drive LEFT TRACK FORWARD. Depress foot pedal with HEEL to drive LEFT TRACK REVERSE.

Push the down arrow button on the MD3 computer to decrease the maximum speed of the machine. The green track speed indicator will display a reduction in speed as the adjustment is performed.

Push the up arrow button on the MD3 computer to increase the maximum speed of the machine, or press the OK button to reset back to maximum speed.

This function can be used while the machine is in motion in either HI or LOW travel speed selections.

Travelling Travel is accomplished by depressing both foot pedals simultaneously. Travel over distances should be done in the forward direction to reduce the wear on track components. Track drive gearboxes are considered to be at the rear of the machine for travelling in the forward direction.

NOTE: Track component life is severely reduced by driving the machine backwards.

NOTE: When the ignition key is turned OFF and then turned back ON the travel speed control resets back to maximum speed.

NOTE: The travel speed control valve is also controlled by the Anti-Stall circuit. See SECTION 7 of the service manual.

2.16

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

5. FUSES AND RELAYS, CAB •

Cab Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Panel, located in the cab on the right rear side panel. IQAN fuses are located here.

The engine diagnostics connection is on the left lower side of the instrument panel. Refer to ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION in THIS SECTION.

H845C-62

ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION 822C-172

51444BENGR0

2.17

CAB FUSES AND RELAYS PANEL

Controls and Operation •

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

FUSES AND RELAYS, REAR PANEL Located in the radiator/cooler/charge air cooler compartment behind the engine compartment.

822C-170

FUSES AND RELAYS, REAR PANEL

55818BENGR1

822C-191

2.18

FUSES AND RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher •

FUSES AND RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT Another electrical box is located in the engine compartment at the right rear of the engine beside the battery box.

Two 125A, one 40A and four 60A fuses are installed ahead of the system circuit fuses and are there to prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of these switched power feed lines.

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses.

A separate 60A fuse provides unswitched power for battery disconnect relay and service lights.

10 A FUSE

822C-06

FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM IN-LINE FUSE (IF EQUIPPED)

A 10A in-line fuse protects the fire suppression system when an AMEREX fire suppression system is installed. This fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

If a fuse “blows” it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse "blows" again, the circuit in question must be inspected for a possible short circuit.

2.19

Controls and Operation

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

FUSES AND RELAYS - ENGINE COMPARTMENT

60A FUSE KEY SWITCH RUN/ACC

60A FUSE CAB POWER

60A FUSE CAB WORKLIGHTS

60A FUSE ELECTRICAL BOX SWITCHED POWER 40A START SOLENOID RELAY FUSE 125A GRID HEATER RELAY FUSE

GRID HEATER RELAY

DOOR PUMP RELAY

125A DOOR PUMP RELAY FUSE

60A FUSE ELECTRICAL BOX UNSWITCHED POWER

START SOLENOID RELAY

822C-08

FUSES AND RELAYS ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2.20

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

The electric pump is located at the right rear of the engine compartment. This system is self contained, in that, it has its own hydraulic oil (Dexron III) reservoir.

10 3B 3A

For more information refer to DOORS, SERVICE ACCESS later in THIS SECTION.

1 2

2. SERVICE LIGHTS - SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. It is used to turn ON/OFF the service lights.

8

3A. MASTER ALARM 3B. MASTER ALARM LIGHT The MD3 computer displays messages and warnings, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs.

NOTE: The computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to COMPUTER - MESSAGES AND WARNINGS in THIS SECTION.

9

7

4

6 5

Left/Right Slope Indicator

Fore/Aft Slope Indicator

822C-188

CONTROL PANEL - PILLAR 1. ENGINE POWER DOOR - SWITCH

860C-416

This is a three position “momentary” switch

4. SLOPE INDICATORS Two slope indicators are provided, one indicates fore/aft slope degree and the other indicates side to side slope degree.

labelled OPEN CLOSE, spring return to centre OFF position. Push and hold switch in OPEN position to OPEN door or push and hold in CLOSE position to CLOSE door.

5. ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION Plug a remote electronic diagnostic device into this connection such as a laptop computer with appropriate engine manufacturer’s programming to perform engine performance analysis and tuning.

CAUTION Watch for personnel in area of power door before opening door.

NOTE: This operation can only be performed by a trained service technician.

NOTE: The power door is equipped with a motion alarm that sounds when it is moved.

The power door is operated by an Electric Pump Hydraulic System.

2.21

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

24863A

6. BATTERY DISCONNECT - SWITCH This manually operated switch completely disconnects all electrical circuits on the machine from the battery except for the fire suppression and service light circuits. Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off battery disconnect switch. This is done to avoid an engine fault from being displayed on the Computer display module.

9 822C-204

9. USB PORT - MD3 COMPUTER This USB port is used to access the MD3 computer. A laptop with appropriate IQAN software can be plugged into this port for software updates, diagnostics and some adjustments.

7. BLANK

NOTE: This USB connection should only be used by a trained service technician.

Refer to COMPUTER in SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information and safeguards related to the use of this port.

8. MD3 COMPUTER The MD3 computer and display is the operator’s interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5″ backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information.

1075-087B

10. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER CONTROLS OPTIONAL This digital timer is used only if the machine is equipped with the optional diesel operated engine coolant heater.

Refer to MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRONIC CONTROL & DISPLAY later in this section for complete operating instructions and system details.

The heater, heats and circulates the engine coolant through the engine, hydraulic tank and cab.

Consult the manufacture’s instruction manual for additional information.

2.22

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 1

2

4

3

5

6

FRONT CONTROL PANEL

860C-410

CONTROL PANEL

2. SWING BRAKE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. The light in the switch will come ON when the switch is in the ON position.

1. ANTISTALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. The light in the switch will come ON when the switch is in the ON position.

CAUTION

This switch turns on an electronic load control system which automatically prevents overloading of the engine when several high load functions are in use at the same time. It should be in the ON position during normal machine operation at FULL throttle and in OFF position when operating at less than FULL throttle.

• Turning ON the swing brake while the boom is moving can damage the gearbox.

• NEVER operate the tracks with the swing brake ON as boom contact with the ground will damage the swing gearbox.

Placing this switch in the ON position will apply the swing brake and prevent the upper structure from turning. The swing brake is a spring apply, hydraulic release, multi-disc brake. The brake is also engaged whenever the pilot system is shut off. As a safety precaution, the brake should always be applied with this switch when leaving the cab.

If engine stalling occurs, check: (a) The ANTISTALL switch is in the ON position. (b) The 10A fuse located on the cab fuse and relay panel.

Controls and Operation

This fuse is labelled A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT RELAY IGNITION AND FUNCTION PANELS.

3. WORK LIGHTS SWITCH

(c) Malfunction of the antistall system.

This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the WORK LIGHTS.

2.23

Controls and Operation 1

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 2

4

3

5

6

FRONT CONTROL PANEL

860C-410

4. FUEL HEATER SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the FUEL HEATER. An automatic thermostat turns the fuel heater on when the fuel temperature drops below 7°C (45°F) and off when the fuel temperature reaches 24°C (75°F).

5. IGNITION KEY SWITCH This is a three position switch with STOP/RUN/START positions.

STOP Position - All electrical power through the Key switch is turned OFF. Electrical power is still available for the horn, lighter, CD AM/FM radio, two-way radio, cab dome light, defroster fan, work lights and service lights.

WARNING

RUN Position - Battery is connected to all functions. Used for normal machine operation.

START Position - Connects the battery to the start relay to start the engine. Turning the key to this position starts the engine. The key will return to RUN position when released.

DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

NOTE: The PILOT SYSTEM must be OFF to start the engine. To deactivate the pilot system push the red pilot off switch button DOWN (item 9, on the rear control panel).

THIS MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH A COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEATING ELEMENT IN THE ENGINE INTAKE SYSTEM. STARTING FLUIDS WILL EXPLODE ON CONTACT WITH THE HEATING ELEMENT.

2.24

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 6. THROTTLE SWITCH This is a three position “momentary” switch connected into the engine CPU circuit to adjust the engine rpm between the (IDLE) and (FULL) throttle set points.

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to increase engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct FULL throttle setting.

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to decrease engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm. or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct MINIMUM throttle setting.

NOTE: All operations should be performed at FULL throttle. The antistall system will not function correctly below FULL throttle.

Maintaining Correct Engine rpm It is most important that the IDLE and FULL rpm’s of the engine be correct at all times: IDLE - 950 rpm (No Load) FULL - 1850 rpm max (No Load) RATED WORKING - 1800 rpm NOTE: At start-up the engine will always default to IDLE. These speeds are with the hydraulic and engine oil at normal operating temperatures and no functions activated and without pilot system engaged. These speeds are preset into the engine CPU (computer) and cannot be adjusted without the proper electronic equipment programming software. Check engine speed regularly with engine diagnostics module.

IMPORTANT! Under no circumstances allow the FULL throttle engine speed to vary from the recommended settings; particularly faster, this could cause serious damage to the pumps.

2.25

Controls and Operation

Controls and Operation C

B

A

7

8

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 9

10

11

14

15

REAR CONTROL PANEL

822C-169

7. AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER

8. PILOT SYSTEM RESET - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

The three controls on this panel are used to adjust the heating and air conditioning temperature for operator comfort in the operator’s cab.

This is a push ON spring return switch. With the engine running and the front door closed, push this switch to activate the pilot system.

The pilot ON icon will be activated (green) on the MD3 computer display.

A. A/C DEFROST SWITCH

13

12

This is a three-position switch labelled A/C - OFF - DEFROST. Push this switch up to turn ON the A/C compressor for cooling. Push the switch down for the defrost mode.

INTERLOCK SWITCH

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

B. FAN SPEED - OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH

This is a rotary, four position switch for controlling the speed of the blower fan.

822C-251

C. HEAT/COOL - VARIABLE

NOTE: The front door must be closed to ACTIVATE the pilot system. The side door exit WILL NOT DE-ACTIVATE the pilot system when opened.

This is a variable, rotary dial to adjust the amount of heated air for the cab by controlling the flow of engine coolant through the heater core. Make sure this control is set to the MAX COLD position when using the air conditioning.

NOTE: To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat/cool control must be rotated to the MAX COLD position and the two hot water shut-off valves on the engine should be turned to the OFF position. Refer to HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE in THIS SECTION.

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

2.26

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 9. PILOT SYSTEM OFF - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

Controls and Operation

10. TRACK, LOW/DRIVE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch

This is a push OFF spring return switch. This switch shuts off the pilot system, deactivating all operating functions as well as applying the track drive brake and swing brake. The pilot OFF icon will be activated (yellow) on the MD3 computer display.

LOW and

HIGH. NOTE: See also TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL earlier in this section.

LOW: Placing the switch in the LOW position will provide the slowest travel speed but with increased torque or driving force.

The pilot system can be REACTIVATED when the PILOT RESET button (item 8) is pressed with the front door closed.

The DRIVE position will provide a faster travel speed range but with a lower driving force.

IMPORTANT! If PILOT OFF SWITCH does not stop functions, TURN IGNITION KEY OFF.

It is recommended that during all harvesting functions and when travelling on slopes that the range switch be placed in the LOW position to maximize drive motor life. LOW position is indicated by a light on the Track LOW/DRIVE switch.

HIGH: When this switch is in the DRIVE position the travel speed (and torque) ranges of the drive system become infinitely variable and will automatically adjust to any point between the HIGH and LOW speed/torque set points, relative to the terrain or load conditions.

It should be noted that the available torque when travelling at maximum speed is only half of that in LOW. The DRIVE position will provide a faster travel speed range but with a lower driving force.

However, when the machine encounters tougher terrain conditions, e.g. stumps, soft ground or slopes etc., the drive system will automatically adjust* to a slower travel speed/ higher torque range. *This amount of adjustment can be anywhere from a slight reduction in speed all the way down to LOW, this will be dependent on the terrain conditions encountered.

NOTE: The operator should be aware that this automatic speed/torque range adjustment will cause the machine to gradually slow down over a period of one to two seconds, due in part to the infinitely variable displacement drive motors used. When travelling on relatively flat terrain it is not necessary to place the range switch in the LOW position .

2.27

Controls and Operation C

B

A

7

8

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 9

822C-169

10

11

12

13

14

15

REAR CONTROL PANEL

11. HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH

14. AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET (12V)

This is a two position “momentary” switch.

Press and hold this switch to sound the safety alert horn.

A 12V outlet with a 15A capacity for portable devices such as cell phones.

15. COOLING FAN - SWITCH

Always use this horn prior to starting the engine and to alert other personnel in the area of your presence.

This is a three position switch, labelled CLEAN / AUTO / FULL ON. This switch along with an electronic fan control module, controls the operation of the hydraulic cross-flow fan.

12. CIGARETTE LIGHTER (24V) Cigar/Cigarette lighter (24V).

13. SAW - SWITCH

AUTO POSITION - AUTO is the normal operating position for the fan control switch.

When the switch is in the AUTO position, the fan will operate completely in an automatic mode. It will start, speed up or slow down all based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/or the temperature of the hydraulic oil. The electronic control module automatically adjusts fan speed to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions, and default to fan at full speed if an error in the controller exists.

This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Use this switch to turn the saw ON. On Feller Buncher Machines equipped with the Shear Felling Head, this saw switch supplies power to the attachment’s control systems. A lockout button is incorporated into the switch to prevent the switch from being turned ON accidentally. To turn the switch ON, push and hold the lockout button UP and place the switch in the ON position.

Place throttle in FULL position before turning attachment ON.

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan runs at minimum speed due to low charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the fan control to increase the cooling fan speed when engine is at high idle. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

NOTE: If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (Front Door opened) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the attachment will not start up when the engine is restarted or the front door closed. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

FULL ON (OVERRIDE) DOWN POSITION When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL

NOTE: The function of this switch may vary depending on the attachment model used and method of installation. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

2.28

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

NOTE: Placing the switch in the FULL ON position activates the computer alarm to advise the switch has been placed in the FULL ON position. Also while the switch is in the FULL ON position the Automatic Cleaning cycle is prevented.

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN position make sure that there are no personnel near the REAR of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris.

CLEAN - UP POSITION - Momentarily pressing the switch to the CLEAN position will automatically start reversing the direction of fan rotation (there is no need to hold the switch down). Reverse rotation is used to clean the charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser and air intake door screens.

By “reversing” the flow of the fan, air flow is propelled in the opposite direction, thereby forcing dust and debris off of the radiator.

NOTE: The pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle.

The electronic fan control will also turn the A/C system OFF for as long as the fan is in the CLEAN mode.

When the CLEAN cycle is complete the fan automatically returns to normal rotation direction.

NOTE: The CLEAN cycle also operates automatically via the timed purge function of the computer control system (frequency is adjustable). Refer to COMPUTER ~ INFORMATION MESSAGES and COMPUTER ~ DIAGNOSTIC ~ ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS in THIS SECTION. NOTE: If engine speed falls to 875 rpm or less the speed control is automatically overridden and fan speed defaults to the forward direction.

2.29

Controls and Operation

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

860C-413 860C-414

16. AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTI ONAL) The machine leaves the factory with the AMEREX fire suppression system fully activated*.

The system is not certified for use, certification must be performed by a local AMEREX approved dealer. *NOTE: Machines shipped to international destinations have the fire suppression system deactivated to prevent accidental discharge. The inline fuse for the power lead wire to the battery (in the battery compartment) is removed and wire tied to the fuse holder.

822C-174

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

The fire suppression system installed on this machine uses a dry chemical powder which is stored in a 23 kg (50 lb) pressurized cylinder. It is discharged through six nozzles strategically placed in the engine compartment and hydraulic areas.

NOTE: A predelivery inspection of the fire suppression system must be carried out to ensure the system is fully operational. This involves performing all daily and weekly inspection steps.

Refer to INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS in THIS SECTION.

The discharge is triggered either automatically by the fire detection thermostats or manually by the operator.

The control panel mounted in the cab provides continuous monitoring of the system. It also, automatically actuates the suppression system when signalled by the thermostats.

Please read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

SYSTEM OK LED

AUDIBLE ALARM

FIRE ALARM LED

ALARM SILENCE BUTTON AND LED

RELAY RESET BUTTON AND LED

“PUSH TO TEST” BUTTON

SERVICE SYSTEM LED H855-082

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

When the panel is plugged in to an operational configuration the system will illuminate the green “System OK” LED.

2.30

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SYSTEM ALARM

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

When either the heat detection circuit has detected fire or the Manual Actuation Switch has been depressed, the following sequence will occur:

There are seven thermostats mounted in the engine and hydraulic enclosures which are wired to the control panel. The thermostats are automatic heat detection devices and are set to “close” at 177°C (350°F). When a thermostat closes it sends an electrical signal to the control panel which activates the system.

• “System OK” LED will turn off.

• The alarm buzzer will sound continuously.

• The “FIRE” LED will illuminate.

RED FIRE BUTTON

• The relay will engage after programmed delay (default is 0 seconds).

NITROGEN ACTUATOR ACTUATOR KNOB

• The “Relay Reset” LED will illuminate.

• The “Service System” LED will illuminate.

2 2

• The “Service System” LED will flash four times to indicate actuator trouble.

1

When the “FIRE” LED first comes on it will flash a number of times to indicate which hazard zone is in alarm. The Alarm flash codes are as follows: Heat Zone 1 Alarm Heat Zone 2 Alarm Both Zones in Alarm

H855-082

860-123 860C-123

MANUAL OPERATION The fire suppression system can also be activated manually using the manual actuation switch.

To manually operate the system: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin (1).

3. Press red FIRE button.

An electrical signal is sent to the control panel from the manual actuation switch which activates the system.

1 Flash 2 Flashes 3 Flashes

The system will remain in alarm until the system has been serviced and the actuator has been replaced.

SERVICE SYSTEM In the event of a system fault: • The “Service System” LED will illuminate.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin (2).

2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

• The alarm will pulse.

• The “Service System” LED will flash to signify the fault source.

The source of the fault can be determined as follows: Main Power Trouble Heat Zone 1 Trouble Heat Zone 2 Trouble Actuator Trouble Backup Battery Trouble Pressure Switch Trouble

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHES

1 Flash 2 Flashes 3 Flashes 4 Flashes 5 Flashes 7 Flashes

When a system fault is detected there is a five second delay before notification. For main power trouble, the delay for notification is 20 seconds.

2.31

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM When an electrical signal (automatic or manual) is received by the control panel it sends a discharge signal to the electrical actuator located on top of the pressurized cylinder. When activated the electrical/pneumatic actuator extends a control shaft which mechanically opens the agent cylinder valve. This releases the dry chemical in the discharge area protected by the system. The control panel will also automatically shut down the engine and all electrical power.

NOTE: The engine does not shut down automatically when the fire suppression system is activated using the nitrogen actuator. When using the nitrogen actuator to activate the fire suppression system the operator must shut the engine off manually.

The automatic engine shutdown feature will either shutdown the engine immediately the fire suppression system is discharged (non leveling machines) OR will delay the shutdown for a period of between 10 to 15 seconds for leveling machines. The time delay period is a factory setting. This delay feature allows the operator to lower the load or move the machine to a safer location before the engine shuts down. The operator can extend the engine shutdown delay feature by pressing the RELAY RESET button on the control panel to repeat the preset delay period. This button can be pressed repeatedly until the operator has brought the machine to a safe stop. The RELAY RESET button does not delay the discharge of the fire suppression system.

1

H855-082

RED FIRE BUTTON

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHES

H855C-082

The system will activate the discharge system and the automatic engine shutdown system. There will be a cloud of dry chemical dispersed in the discharge area. The engine will automatically shutdown either immediately or will be delayed for 10 to 15 seconds if the machine is a leveler.

IMPORTANT! Stop the engine before discharging the system.

This will keep the dry chemical in the engine area.

Get away from the machine. If possible and safe to do so, take the portable fire extinguisher located in the cab on the emergency exit side door and/or the one located outside the cab on the left side of the vehicle, behind tHe cab, with you, or obtain one from another location.

Stand by with a portable fire extinguisher and watch for any flashbacks after the system has discharged.

Do not restart the machine until it has been serviced and cleaned. Do not return the machine to service until the source of the fire has been located and neutralized. The fire suppression system must be recharged by Amerex Factory Certified Personnel before returning the machine to service.

ACTUATOR KNOB

2

860C-123

CAUTION

IN CASE OF FIRE: If a fire starts in any space protected by the system, DO NOT wait for the system to operate automatically. Instead, operate the system manually: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin (1).

3. Press red FIRE button.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin (2).

2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

Wear protective clothing and masks when cleaning up after a discharge.

Before cleaning up after a discharge, read the AMEREX manual. If water mixes with the dry chemical it becomes corrosive and can seriously damage wiring connections.

Dry chemical must be vacuumed or blown off with compressed air.

2.32

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS:

Controls and Operation

SYSTEM OK LED

DAILY: • Check the pressure gauge on the agent cylinder and all portable extinguishers. Proper pressurization is indicated when the pointer is in the green zone.

ELECTRICAL ACTUATOR

H855-082

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

• Verify that the green “SYSTEM OK” LED on the system control panel is illuminated.

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

PRESSURIZED CYLINDER

822C-174

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

The agent cylinder is located in the radiator compartment on the left hand side behind the engine compartment.

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

845D-009

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

This portable fire extinguisher is located inside the cab on the rear of the emergency exit side door.

2.33

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

WEEKLY:

• Operate the machine and depress the “Push to TEST” button to confirm the automatic engine shutdown feature is working. Depressing the “Push to Test” (Amerex diamond) button will illuminate all LEDs, sound the alarm and engage the relay. The “Push to Test” function will not cause a system discharge.

• Inspect all parts for damage, rust, corrosion or dirt. Replace any damaged parts immediately.

• All components are in place and unobstructed.

• All chemical delivery hoses and nozzles are connected and tight.

• Check fire suppression electrical network for cut, frayed, stripped or damaged wires.

SYSTEM OK LED

“PUSH TO TEST” BUTTON

H855-082

822C-187

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

• Check the manual actuation switches to ensure that all tamper indicators are in place, operating instructions are visible and access is unobstructed.

TYPICAL THERMOSTAT

Please read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

• Ensure thermostats are clean.

BI-YEARLY • Check the system owner’s manual for correct recertification intervals. These are required for insurance policy.

2.34

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES DURING MACHINE SERVICE:

Controls and Operation

NAB

Pay attention to the location of the components of the fire suppression system. Take care not to damage heat sensors or wiring, this includes hitting, cutting, bending, denting, etc. Damage to heat sensors due to shock could cause an accidental discharge of the system. Cut, pinched, or kinked wiring could cause false signals and an accidental discharge of the system.

D

In addition thermostats are sensitive to heat from welding torches, steam cleaning or other outside sources which may create a false discharge of the system.

If any of the components are damaged, replace them immediately before operating the machine.

It is also important to take care around the chemical cylinder. The chemical cylinder is pressurized and can explode if struck with sufficient force. Pressurized cylinders are extremely hazardous.

NAB - NITROGEN ACTUATOR BUTTON 822C-063

WARNING Failure to follow the system manufacturers instructions and guidelines may result in serious injury, death, and property damage.

2.35

COMPONENT LOCATIONS

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher SHUT-OFF

19 VALVES

17

COOLANT FILTER ELEMENT HOSE TO A/C HEATER UNIT 822C-35

822-D22

HOSE FROM A/C HEATER UNIT

HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVE

19. HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES (ENGINE)

RECIRCULATING AIR FILTER

To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat control (C) on the A/C heater control panel must be rotated to the MAX COLD position. During times when cab heating is not required close both of the HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES on the engine block, this will prevent hot water from seeping through the A/C unit and thereby reducing the effectiveness of the cooling system.

17. FILTER, RECIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT Air in the cab is drawn into the A/C HEATER unit via this filter and recirculated. The filter should be inspected and cleaned on a regular basis. The A/C will not cool efficiently if these filters become dirty or plugged.

18

20 23

22

21 822-D23

FRESH AIR FILTER

18. FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT

822C-168

INTERIOR LIGHTS, EMERGENCY EXITS

20. INTERIOR LIGHTS The switch is activated by sliding the light lens.

Outside air is continuously drawn into the cab air conditioning unit through this filter and mixed with interior air from the cab. The filter is located on the right side of cab and can be serviced from the outside by removing the two fasteners holding the hinged cover. The filter should be inspected on a regular basis and cleaned/replaced when dirty or when wet.

NEVER operate air conditioner without a filter installed.

2.36

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

21 RETAINING KNOB AND CLAMP BRACKET

845D-022

23

AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD

21. AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD With dual front mounted speakers. Refer to stereo manufacturer’s manual for operation and safety warnings.

22 822-D26

ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT

23. ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT This is a third cab exit for use if the side exit and the front door exit become blocked. Shut off engine before using this exit. There are two retaining knobs on the inside to allow removal of the hatch. These knobs should only be HAND TIGHTENED to allow them to be unscrewed in case of an emergency.

822-D29

It should be noted that the escape hatch on this machine can only be opened from inside the operator’s cab.

SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT

22. SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT This side door serves as one of two emergency exit routes from the cab. Shut off engine before using this exit. Opening the side door WILL NOT DE-ACTIVATE the pilot system, for this reason only use this door in an emergency. In the event that it cannot be used, use the emergency escape hatch in the roof of the cab.

For more information refer to ESCAPE HATCH AND SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency.

2.37

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE

Two alternate exit routes are provided on the LH. side and roof of the cab. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month or after major impacts to the cab to ensure they are fully operational.

It is also important that snow, debris and particularly ice not be allowed to build up in these areas. Check frequently and remove any accumulation immediately.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR: 1. Open side door twice, once using the interior latch handle and once using the exterior handle.

822-D29

INTERIOR HANDLE

822-D28

860C‑227

The escape hatch should move without using excessive force by pushing up on one side.

If the escape hatch does not move without excessive force refer to ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR and ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION. 3. Engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and retighten the hand knobs hand tight.

NOTE: If the hand knobs become loose when operating the machine, the nylon inserts in the studs should be replaced.

EXTERIOR HANDLE

2. Check for proper operation of both handles, latches and hinges. Adjust and/or lubricate any part of the mechanism that requires attention.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH: CLAMP BRACKET

822-D30

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR: REMOVE BOTH CLAMP BRACKETS

UNSCREW RETAINING KNOB FOUR COMPLETE TURNS

CHECK ESCAPE HATCH

822-D31

1. Partially unscrew both the interior retaining knobs four complete revolutions.

2. Disengage clamp brackets from slot on cab roof attachment bracket.

2.38

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL

1. Unscrew both of the retaining knobs and remove the two clamp brackets.

2. Push open from the inside of the escape hatch. In the event that the hatch has become bonded to cab roof due to improper maintenance, use a pry bar taking care not to damage the sealing surface of the roof.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

4. Apply an antiseize compound to stud threads on the escape hatch and engage hand knob threads three revolutions with washer and clamp bracket in place as illustrated.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

FOAM SEAL

ESCAPE HATCH ‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER

3. Refer to ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION for instructions on the proper method to use when replacing the escape hatch.

APPLY LUBRICANT TO TOP SURFACE OF FOAM SEAL BETWEEN SEAL AND ESCAPE HATCH

ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT:

CAB ROOF

APPLY LUBRICANT TO ‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER BETWEEN CHANNEL AND CAB ROOF

NOTE: DO NOT apply silicone sealant between Escape Hatch and Cab Roof Silicone sealant in these areas can bond the escape hatch to the cab, preventing removal of the escape hatch.

LH830-06

CROSS SECTION OF ESCAPE HATCH SEAL

5. To prevent foam seal or rubber ‘C’ channel from sticking to escape hatch or roof over time, apply a thin film of Tigercat part number AM926 dielectric noncuring silicone lubricant to the contact surfaces of foam seal and rubber ‘C’ channel.

Remove excess spray with a dry rag so no build up remains.

1. Clean all mating surfaces on both the escape hatch and cab roof, remove any silicone residue that may have been used to seal the joint.

2. Ensure that the escape hatch gasket is in good condition and replace if damaged.

NYLON INSERT

Controls and Operation

IMPORTANT! Too much lubricant will cause the roof escape hatch to stick to the cab roof.

ESCAPE HATCH

6. Install escape hatch on roof and engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and retighten the hand knobs HAND TIGHT ONLY. CAB

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

HAND KNOB

822-01 822-02

NYLON STUD REPLACEMENT

3. Replace the nylon inserts in each stud, leaving approximately 1/8″ protruding at each end. These are to prevent the hand knobs from coming loose under vibration.

2.39

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES After adjusting the seat height, the ride adjustment can be made by pulling or pushing the air ride control valve knob.

SEAT ADJUSTMENTS BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

To stiffen the air ride For a stiffer ride push on the air ride adjustment knob to increase the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT SHOWN)

To soften the air ride For a softer ride, pull on the air ride adjustment knob to decrease the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

ADJUSTABLE LUMBAR To increase lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment lever forward. To decrease lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment lever backwards .

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB S855C-020

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER ARMREST ADJUSTMENT

FORE‌/AFT SLIDE LEVER

OPERATOR’S SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES The spring assisted height adjustment is controlled by the height adjustment lever located on the front left side of the seat chassis.

The four height settings: top, bottom and two in between, provide a total height adjustment of 76 mm (3 in.).

VIEW FROM RIGHT REAR OF SEAT

H855-084

BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Push down backrest angle adjustment lever to place backrest at the desired angle then release lever.

To raise the seat Firmly lift up the height adjustment lever and partially lift your body weight from the seat. When the seat rises to the desired height. FIRMLY PUSH the lever down into the locking position, (a click should be heard).

FORE/AFT SLIDE Move and hold the fore/aft slide lever. Roll seat forward or backward to the desired position relative to the foot pedal controls.

To lower the seat Firmly lift up the height adjustment lever and add body weight to the seat until the seat is at the desired height. FIRMLY PUSH the lever down into the locking position, (a click should be heard).

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT Each armrest has two adjustments to place it in the required position. Loosen adjustment locking wingbolts to reposition armrest height and loosen the knob to adjust the fore/aft position.

2.40

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER

FORE/AFT SLIDE LEVER

S855C-020B

PROBLEMS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION

SEAT TOO HIGH/SEAT TOO LOW There are several things which can cause improper seat height. Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES and adjust seat to the desired position. If the proper height cannot be reached using one of the four height adjustment settings, it may be necessary to install the seat on a higher base.

RIDES TOO STIFF/SEAT TENDS TO PUSH OR THROW OPERATOR FORWARD The air ride control valve has over pressurized the seat air suspension. This typically happens because the operator is trying to use the air suspension to adjust the ride height rather than using height adjustment lever to raise the seat.

Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

OPERATOR’S LEGS FALLING ASLEEP The seat is adjusted too high, and the air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment, resulting in the operator sitting in a “bucket”. Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT and RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

RIDES TOO SOFT OR BOTTOMS OUT AND PINCHES OPERATOR The air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment Insufficient pressure exaggerates the knee-action movement of the seat. This usually happens because the operator is trying to lower the seat by decreasing the amount of air pressure instead of using the height adjustment lever. Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

2.41

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

MD3 COMPUTER

COLOUR DISPLAY

ARROW (SCROLL) UP

OK (ENTER)

ARROW (SCROLL) DOWN

F1

LX830C-19

F2

F3

F4

ESC (BACK)

MENU

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRONIC CONTROL & DISPLAY

• Up and down arrow buttons

The MD3 computer, electronic control and display is the operator interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5" backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information.

Navigation buttons that are used to scroll through selections on a menu page. The buttons are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

• OK button .

Pushing this button equals Enter. It saves the value or confirms the selection you have made.

The front of the MD3 consists of a control panel with a display and nine buttons. The buttons are arranged on the bottom and right hand side of the display.

• F1 through F4 function buttons,

,

.

• Menu button .

Always brings up the Menu page. It is not programmable.

,

, .

Programmed buttons that are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as an input.

2.42

• ESC or BACK button

.

Returns you to the previous display page. May be configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MD3 COMPUTER/ELECTRONIC CONTROL/DISPLAY - CONTINUED 8

7

6

5

3

4

2

1

23

24

9

21

10

20 19 18

11

12

22

13

14

LX830C-20

15

16

17

MAIN DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY 1. HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

13. ADJUSTMENT MENU - Press F2 to select

2. WATER IN FUEL

14. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

3. ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE (Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted)

15. INFORMATION MENU - Press F3 to select 16. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE & ICON

4. HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER BYPASS

17. ALARM INDICATORS - Press F4 to select

5. COOLING FAN MODE - (AUTO shown)

18. TRACK CREEP SPEED ICON

6. TRACK DRIVE LOW SPEED

19. TRACK DRIVE SPEED

7. ENGINE ANTISTALL ON/OFF

20. OIL GRADE INDICATOR

8. PILOT RESET ON/OFF 9. SAW ATTACHMENT PRESSURE (if applicable) 10. SAW ATTACHMENT ICON (if applicable)

21. TRACK FAST SPEED ICON 22. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE 23. TIME AND DATE

11. ENGINE TACHOMETER rpm

24. PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX TEMPERATURE

12. ENGINE MENU - Press F1 to select

2.43

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher WARMUP MODE

ENGINE MENU

As the hydraulic oil temperature increases the system will automatically allow the engine rpm to increase and the MD3 displays an Information dialog box that shows the progress of the Warmup Mode in percentage outstanding. This dialog box closes when hydraulic oil has reached operating temperature.

From the Main Display press the F1 button to select the engine display.

The warmup mode operates automatically on cold starts within a hydraulic oil temperature range. The temperature range will vary based on computer control system hydraulic oil settings.

This feature functions mainly with straight weight hydraulic oil.

For proper operation the computer control system hydraulic oil settings should match the type of hydraulic oil in use.

IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load.

Check all measured values on the MD3 display terminal often during the warmup period. Refer to COLD IDLE ENGINE SPEED setting in THIS SECTION.

When selected the Engine menu icon is on display and the engine functions will also be displayed. The engine functions on display are as follows: •

Charge Air Temperature

(°C or °F)

•

Turbocharger Boost Pressure

•

Engine Load % %

•

Engine Speed

•

Engine Coolant Temperature

•

Battery Voltage

•

Engine Oil Pressure

•

Fuel Rate

(bar or psi)

rpm (°C or °F)

(Volts) (bar or psi)

(L/h or gph instantaneous)

Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure.

Press the back button to return to the main menu.

2.44

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

OIL GRADE SELECTION

ADJUSTMENT MENU

Press the F2 button to select OIL GRADE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The oil grade menu will appear. Five choices are given ISO22, ISO32, MULTI (UNIVIS ULTRA), ISO46 and ISO68. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired oil grade and press OK when complete.

Press the Back button to return to the Adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the Main display.

From the Main Display press the F2 button to select the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

The adjustment menu screen will be displayed.

The adjustment menu icon is on display and all the adjustment selections will also be displayed.

The adjustment selections are as follows: •

Oil Grade Adjustments - select F2

•

Auto Accumulation Mode Status - select F3

Controls and Operation

2.45

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS

The Information menu displays the following information: • # Tree - automatic tree counter

Press the F3 button to select the accumulator arms AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

- # Reset - Select F3

The AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS menu appears. Three choices are given, NORMAL, AUTO ACCUMULATE or SIMULTANEOUS. Press the up arrow or down arrow to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

Press the Back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the Main Display.

INFORMATION MODE SELECTION

•

# Event - manual tree counter - # Reset - Select F3

•

Pump Drive Gearbox Lubrication Pressure

•

Pump Drive Gearbox Oil Temperature

•

Engine Hours

•

Machine Hours

•

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

•

Time and Date

•

Machine Serial Number

•

Main Pump LS Pressure

•

Fuel Used in US gal or Liter since last reset

•

Trip Time since last reset

•

Fuel Consumption in US gal/hr or L/hr

•

Metric/Imperial Measure Reset - Select F1

•

Fuel Used and Trip Time Reset - Select F2

•

# Tree and # Event tree count Reset Select F3

Press the back button Display.

Press the F3 button to access the information menu.

2.46

to return to the Main

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MAIN MENU SCREEN ADJUST MENU

Press the menu button Menu screen.

to go to the Main From the Main Menu screen press the F1 button (Adjust) to access the Adjust menu.

The Main Menu screen displays the following selections: •

Adjust - Select F1

•

Measure - Select F2

•

Preferences - Select F3

•

Info - Select F4

This menu is an alternate method of accessing the Adjustment menu to make machine adjustments. See ADJUSTMENT MENU earlier in THIS SECTION for details.

The following menu items can be selected.

• Machine Parameters • Machine Type • Hydraulics • Leveling • Auto Accumulate • Anti-Stall Service Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the MACHINE PARAMETERS menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

To return to the Main Display press the Back button .

2.47

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

MACHINE PARAMETERS

MACHINE TYPE

In the MACHINE PARAMETERS menu the following items can be selected: • Oil Grade • AUTO-IDLE • Idle Down Wait Time (Harvesters & Shovel loggers only) • PUMP1 DELAY OFF - Locked • AUTO-ACCUM Status • REAR LEVELING SPEED • LEVELER START RAMP • LEVELER STOP RAMP • FORWARD LEVELING SPEED • TIMED PURGE INTERVAL • Tree Counter State • Pump3 Burst Time • Pump3 Active Flow Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

In the MACHINE TYPE menu the following items can be selected: • ATTACHMENT STATUS •

LEVELER Status

•

REMOTE COOLER EQUIPPED

•

ENGINE HP

•

SAW STATUS

•

JOYSTICK PARKING BRAKE LX / FC

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the HYDRAULICS option and press OK to confirm the selection.

Press the back button to return to the Adjust menu. Select the MACHINE TYPE option and press OK to confirm the selection.

2.48

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

HYDRAULICS

LEVELING

In the HYDRAULICS menu the following Current Output (mA) adjustment items can be selected:

In the LEVELING menu the following functions can be adjusted depending on working conditions:

NOTE: These functions in the Hydraulics menu will vary depending on the attachment and machine designation.

•

Leveler Stop Ramp

•

Leveler Start Ramp

•

Forward Leveling Speed

•

Rear Leveling Speed

•

Right Level Cylinder

•

Left Level Cylinder

•

Accumulator Open/Close

•

Clamp Open/Close / P2LXH

•

Saw / P2 / P1XH

•

Wrist

•

Telescope / BAR RETR.

•

Saw Bar EXT / RETR - COUT

•

Fan Speed - COUT - Locked

•

Pump Horsepower Limiter - COUT - Locked

•

Track Speed Control - COUT - Locked

•

Right Level Cylinder - COUT

•

Left Level Cylinder - COUT

•

Track Brake Release Delay Off - COUT

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button to return to the Adjust menu. Select the AUTO-ACCUMULATE option and press OK to confirm the selection.

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the LEVELING option and press OK to confirm the selection.

2.49

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

AUTO-ACCUMULATE

ANTI-STALL SERVICE

In the AUTO-ACCUMULATE menu the following functions can be adjusted as required:

In the ANTI-STALL SERVICE menu the following functions can be adjusted as required:

•

Accumulator Close Timeout

•

AS Start Red. Value FP

•

Clamp Open Start - Locked

•

Max Speed Adjustable

•

Clamp Open Duration - Locked

•

Accumulator Open Delay

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button

to return to the Adjust

menu. Press the back button to the Main Menu screen.

Press the back button to return to the Adjust menu. Select the ANTI-STALL SERVICE option and press OK to confirm the selection.

2.50

again to return

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION

Controls and Operation

3. Start Slope This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on.

Adjustments to the attachment control system through the ADJUST MENU of the IQAN control system electronically adjust the performance of the attachment to suit operating conditions.

Refer also to COMPUTER ~ (ADJUSTMENT) MENU OPERATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. These settings control the operation of the electro-hydraulic spool actuators which control the cylinder tracking and operating speeds by regulating the flow of oil from the attachment control valve to the attachment cylinders or motors (high rotation wrist).

4. Stop Slope This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set at 0mS then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off. Below is a typical graph showing the four settings.

Three types of adjustments can be made to the attachment control system: WRIST - CURRENT OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the wrist clockwise and counterclockwise rotation functions.

CLAMP ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the clamp arm open and close functions.

ACCUMULATING ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the accumulating arm open and close functions.

Within the 3 groups (Wrist,Clamp and Accumulator) that can be adjusted there are 4 adjustments that can be made through the MD3 to customise the operation of each function.

The 4 adjustments are: 1. Min Current This is the minimum amount of current that causes the function to just begin to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

2. Max Current This is the current the controls the maximum speed of the function. A higher setting will cause the function to move faster.

2.51

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CLAMP EXAMPLE (DEFAULT SETTINGS) CLAMP EXAMPLE (SLOPE SETTINGS Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings ADJUSTED) showing the defaults as follows Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings Min mA =300 shown after an adjustment has been made to the Max mA =600 Start and Stop Slopes.

Start Slope =0mS Min mA = 300 Stop Slope =0mS Max mA = 600 Start Slope =500mS Stop Slope = 500mS

LX830C-34

LX830C-35

860C-526

Note that the graph reflects the default settings and as the Start and Stop Slopes are set to 0mS there is no ramp up or down showing that the clamp will travel immediately at max speed once the button is activated.

860C-527

The graph reflects the adjustments made to the start and stop slopes. This will affect the clamp operation in 3 ways. The overall time it takes for the clamp to open or close will be longer. The initial movement of the clamp will be slower when the button is activated and the final movement of the clamp will also be slower when the button is deactivated.

2.52

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

WRIST ADJUSTMENT

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE: For best results ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature before doing any adjustments.

In addition, the function(s) being adjusted should be operated at a rate similar to normal operation to ensure that the coil is at a typical operating temperature. Due to the nature of the electrical components some signals will vary with temperature and should always be adjusted at normal operating temperature to improve the accuracy of adjustments for operating conditions and operator preference.

1. Ensure no other personnel are in the area during this procedure.

2. Start engine and set throttle speed to high idle.

3. Close cab door and press pilot reset switch to activate pilot system.

LX830C-19

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

860C-490

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.53

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher CLOCKWISE ADJUSTMENT

LX830C-151 LX830C-192

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

Push the F3 button to access the +CW (Clockwise) adjust menu and press OK.

LX830C-190 LX830C-193

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to WRIST and push OK.

NOTE: When in the +(CW) Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the wrist when the CW function is activated.

Activate and hold the CW function on the RH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the +(CW) Wrist Min setting so that the wrist just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

2.54

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

LX830C-199

LX830C-198

NOTE: When in the +(CW) Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the CW function is activated.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the +(CW) Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the + CW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CW direction.

Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CW wrist adjustment is now complete.

Activate and hold the CW function on the RH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the +(CW) Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CW and CCW on the joysticks to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. For recommended speed setting refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

LX830C-191

Press the F4 button to access the CCW (Counterclockwise) adjust section and press OK twice.

LX830C-200

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CW Min setting) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CW direction.

Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.55

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

COUNTERCLOCKWISE ADJUSTMENT

LX830C-195 LX830C-194

NOTE: When in the -(CCW) Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the CCW function is activated.

NOTE: When in the -(CCW) Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the wrist when the CCW function is activated.

Activate and hold the CCW function on the LH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the -(CCW) Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CCW and CW on the joysticks to set this adjustment.

Activate and hold the CCW function on the LH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the -(CCW) Wrist Min setting so that the wrist just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. For recommended speed setting refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

2.56

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-197

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the -(CCW) Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the - CCW Min setting ) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

LX830C-196

Using the up arrow or down arrow buttons adjust the -(CCW) Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the - CCW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CCW wrist adjustment is now complete.

2.57

Controls and Operation

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS

Below is a table showing all the wrist, clamp, accumulator and leveler default settings

LX830C-163

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C ADJUSTMENT TABLE Adjustments WRIST ‐CW +CCW CW‐ Min Current CW‐ Max Current CW ‐Start Slope CW ‐Stop Slope CCW +Min Current CCW +Max Current CCW+ Start Slope CCW+ Stop Slope ACCUMULATOR ‐OPEN +CLOSE Open ‐ Min Current Open ‐ Max Current Open ‐ Start Slope Open ‐ Stop Slope Close + Min Current Close + Max Current Close + Start Slope Close + Stop Slope CLAMP ‐OPEN +CLOSE Open ‐ Min Current Open ‐ Max Current Open ‐ Start Slope Open ‐ Stop Slope Close + Min Current Close + Max Current Close + Start Slope Close + Stop Slope LEVELER ADJUSTMENT Leveler Stop Ramp Leveler Start Ramp Forward Leveler Speed Rear Leveleing Speed Right Cylinder ‐ Retract Min Right Cylinder ‐ Retract Max Right Cylinder + Extend Min Right Cylinder + Extend Max Left Cylinder ‐ Retract Min Left Cylinder ‐ Retract Max Left Cylinder + Extend Min Left Cylinder + Extend Max

Range (or Choice)

Units

Default Settings

0 200 0 0 0 200 0 0

to to to to to to to to

400 700 1000 1000 400 700 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

200 400 400 750 200 400 400 750

0 300 0 0 0 300 0 0

to to to to to to to to

600 700 1000 1000 600 770 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 600 0 0 300 600 0 0

0 300 0 0 0 300 0 0

to to to to to to to to

600 700 1000 1000 600 700 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 600 0 0 300 600 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 300 0 300 0 300 0 300

to to to to to to to to to to to to

2000 2000 100 100 448 700 469 700 442 700 476 700

mS mS % % mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA

350 350 100 100 300 448 300 469 300 442 300 476

2.58

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CLAMP ADJUSTMENT

LX830C-151 LX830C-134

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Hydraulics and push OK. Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

LX830C-167

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to CLAMP O/C/P2LXH menu and push OK.

860C-490

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.59

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX863C-164

LX830C-182

NOTE: When in the + Close Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the close function is activated.

Push the F3 button to access the + Close adjust menu and press OK.

Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the RH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the + Close Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Clamp close and Clamp open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. LX830C-165

NOTE: When in the + Close Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the close function is activated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the RH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the + Close Min setting so that the Clamp just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

LX830C-168

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the + Close Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the + Close Min setting ) will determine how the clamp will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.60

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

LX830C-170

LX830C-166

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the + Close Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the + Close Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp + Close adjustment is now complete.

NOTE: When in the - Open Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the open function is activated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the RH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the - Open Min setting so that the Clamp just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

LX830C-183

Press the F4 button to access the - Open adjust menu and press OK twice.

2.61

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-171

LX830C-173

NOTE: When in the - Open Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the open function is activated.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the - Open Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the - Open Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the RH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the - Open Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Clamp open and Clamp close on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp - Open adjustment is now complete.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when opening. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

CLAMP DEFAULT SETTINGS

LX830C-184

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

LX830C-172

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the - Open Min setting ) will determine how the clamp will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.62

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT

LX830C-151 LX830C-134

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Hydraulics and push OK. Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

LX830C-187

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to ACCUM OPEN/CLOSE menu and push OK.

860C-490

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.63

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-174

LX830C-186

Push the F3 button to access the Accum + (Close) adjust menu and press OK.

NOTE: When in the Accum + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the close function is activated.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the LH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum + Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

LX830C-169

NOTE: When in the Accum + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the close function is activated.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the LH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrowbuns adjust the Accum + Min setting so that the accumulator just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

LX830C-177

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.64

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-180

Controls and Operation

LX830C-176

NOTE: When in the Accum - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the open function is activated.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator + Close adjustment is now complete.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Open function on the LH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum Min setting so that the accumulator just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

LX830C-181

Press the F4 button to access the Accum - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice.

2.65

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-179

LX830C-175

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. NOTE: When in the Accum - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the open function is activated.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the open function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator - Open adjustment is now complete.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Open function on the LH joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator open and Accumulator close on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when opening. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

ACCUMULATOR DEFAULT SETTINGS

LX830C-185

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

LX870C-178

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.66

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher AUTO-ACCUMULATE SETTINGS

Controls and Operation

The Adjust Menu appears.

If the Automatic Accumulation Mode has been selected (see ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in SECTION 6 ) there are 2 adjustments available to customize the operation of the accumulator arms when activating or deactivating the #5 button on the right hand joystick.

LX830C-188

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the AUTO-ACCUMULATE item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

LX830C-134

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

LX870C-036

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the ACCUM CL TIMEOUT menu item and press OK.

860C-490

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

2.67

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX870C-084

When the #5 button on the right hand joystick is released (deactivated) the accumulator arms will automatically close. The time period to apply the accumulator close function is adjustable from 1 to 3 seconds.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to set the time between 1 and 3 seconds and push OK. NOTE: This setting must not be set above 3.00 seconds.

LX870C-085

When the #5 button on the right hand joystick is pressed (activated) the clamp arms will close and the accumulator arms will automatically open.

The ACCUM CLOSE DELAY selection is used for the accumulator open delay. The opening of the accumulator arms can be delayed by 0 to 2000 mS. Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the setting and press OK.

LX870C-079

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to ACCUM CLOSE DELAY and press OK.

2.68

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher LEVELER ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS

START RAMP This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on.

STOP RAMP This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed.

Note that if the mS setting is set at 0mS then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off.

Below is a typical graph showing the four settings.

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds, start/stop ramps and cylinder tracking for the leveler functions.

MIN = MINIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

A = Current range min current

Min current A Lever position

Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

Current [mA] Max current

Min current

The Min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to creep.

NOTE: Use the default setting of 300 mA when setting the Min Current.

Start slope

Stop slope

t [ms]

NOTE: The start and stop ramps adjust both the left and right cylinders to the same value.

MAX = MAXIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

Controls and Operation

FORWARD LEVELING SPEED

B = Current range max current

This adjusts both the left and right cylinder speeds proportionally to their respective Max mA+(cylinder extend) settings.

Max current B

REAR LEVELING SPEED

Min current

This adjusts the left and right cylinder speeds proportionally to their respective Max mA-(cylinder retract) settings.

Lever position

Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate at. Increasing this value will increase the travel speed of the cylinder.

NOTE: The mA +(extend) and mA- (retract) settings for the left and right cylinders need to be set separately to avoid tracking (one cylinder extending or retracting faster then the other).

2.69

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING AND MIN/ MAX SETTINGS.

The Adjust Menu appears.

LX870C-034

LX830C-095

Press the menu button MENU.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

to go to the MAIN

860C-490

LX830C-114

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the RIGHT LEVEL CYL menu item and press OK.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

2.70

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-114

Controls and Operation

LX830C-125

Activate and hold the Tilt Left function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrows adjust the Max mA setting.

Press the F3 button to access the Plus + (cylinder extend) selection and press OK twice.

Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed.

For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils ,spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) -and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. LX830C-124

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used.

Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

LX830C-115

Press the F4 button to access the Minus -( Retract) menu and then press OK twice.

2.71

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-126

LX830C-117

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used.

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEFT LEVEL CYL and repeat the procedure to set the Min and Max settings for the LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER.

Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

The left and right (+extend and - retract) cylinder speeds have been set and now need to be checked to ensure that the cylinders extend and retract at the same rate.

To check this activate the Tilt Forward and Tilt Back functions on the joystick and ensure that the cab tilts forward and back evenly without tracking to one side.

If the right cylinder extends faster than the left cylinder it bottoms out first. Reducing the Right (+Extend) Max current reduces the speed at which the right cylinder extends to match the left cylinder speed and vice versa.

LX830C-127

Activate and hold the Tilt Right function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrows adjust the Max mA setting.

Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed.

For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils ,spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) -and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Right Level Cylinder Min and Max settings have now been set.

2.72

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ADJUSTING START AND STOP RAMPS Adjustment of the start and stop ramps will affect how the function begins to move once activated and how it stops once deactivated.

The start ramp is the time (mS) that it takes for the current to climb from the Min current to the Max current when a function is activated.

The stop ramp is the time (mS) that it takes for the current to drop from the Max current to the Min current when a function is deactivated.

860C-490

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

860C-529

NOTE: The adjustment of the start and stop ramps will apply to both the left and right cylinders

LX870C-034

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

LX830C-095

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

2.73

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-120

LX830C-119

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEVELER START RAMP and press OK.

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEVELER STOP RAMP and press OK.

LX830C-121

LX830C-122

Using the up or down arrows adjust the LEVELER START RAMP mS setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab begins to tilt when the function is activated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrows adjust the LEVELER STOP RAMP mS setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab comes to a stop when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

2.74

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED) The Forward and Back leveling speed adjustment is used to adjust the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES described in this section. The cylinder extend and retract speeds will be adjusted proportionally to the Max mA settings described earlier in this section.

NOTE: The side to side speeds will also be a product of these settings

LX870C-034

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

LX830C-095

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

LX830C-116

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to FORWARD LEVELING SPEED and press OK.

860C-490

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

2.75

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LX830C-113

LX830C-123

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the FORWARD LEVELING SPEED to attain the recommended CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES or a preferred speed. To check the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES refer to CHECKING LEVELING SPEED earlier in this section. Press OK after adjusting.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the REAR LEVELING SPEED to attain the recommended CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES or a preferred speed. To check the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES refer to CHECKING LEVELING SPEED earlier in this section. Press OK after adjusting.

The leveler adjustments are now complete.

NOTE: The default setting for the Forward and Rear leveling speed is 100% so if the Cylinder Cycle Time cannot be achieved then further adjustment of the Max Current of the Left and Right Level Cyl OL may be required. See the previous pages for more detail.

LX830C-118

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to REAR LEVELING SPEED and press OK.

2.76

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher LEVELER DEFAULT SETTINGS

Controls and Operation

Below is a table showing all the leveler default settings.

LX870C-048

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C ADJUSTMENT TABLE Adjustments WRIST ‐CW +CCW CW‐ Min Current CW‐ Max Current CW ‐Start Slope CW ‐Stop Slope CCW +Min Current CCW +Max Current CCW+ Start Slope CCW+ Stop Slope ACCUMULATOR ‐OPEN +CLOSE Open ‐ Min Current Open ‐ Max Current Open ‐ Start Slope Open ‐ Stop Slope Close + Min Current Close + Max Current Close + Start Slope Close + Stop Slope CLAMP ‐OPEN +CLOSE Open ‐ Min Current Open ‐ Max Current Open ‐ Start Slope Open ‐ Stop Slope Close + Min Current Close + Max Current Close + Start Slope Close + Stop Slope LEVELER ADJUSTMENT Leveler Stop Slope Leveler Start Slope Forward Leveling Speed Rear Leveleing Speed Right Cylinder ‐ Retract Min Right Cylinder ‐ Retract Max Right Cylinder + Extend Min Right Cylinder + Extend Max Left Cylinder ‐ Retract Min Left Cylinder ‐ Retract Max Left Cylinder + Extend Min Left Cylinder + Extend Max

Range (or Choice)

Units

Default Settings

0 200 0 0 0 200 0 0

to to to to to to to to

400 700 1000 1000 400 700 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

200 400 400 750 200 400 400 750

0 300 0 0 0 300 0 0

to to to to to to to to

600 700 1000 1000 600 700 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 600 0 0 300 600 0 0

0 300 0 0 0 300 0 0

to to to to to to to to

600 700 1000 1000 600 700 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 600 0 0 300 600 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 300 0 300 0 300 0 300

to to to to to to to to to to to to

2000 2000 100 100 448 700 469 700 442 700 475 700

mS mS % % mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA

350 350 100 100 300 448 300 469 300 442 300 475

2.77

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

MEASURE MENU

These menus provide quick and easy access to information from electrical inputs and outputs without having to spend time dismantling or searching to gain access to wiring harnesses and connectors.

Press the screen.

button to return to the Main Menu

INPUTS

From the Main Menu screen press the button to access the Measure menu.

This menu provides a list of inputs to the modules from the various switches and sensors on the machine.

When a switch is activated the corresponding line in the menu will change from 'False' to 'True' or 0 to 100%.

The readings for the sensor inputs will vary depending on the type of sensor.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to highlight the input to be viewed. Once highlighted the bottom line of this menu will show which module this input is connected to and the corresponding pin # at that module.

The following menu items can be selected.

• Inputs • Outputs • Hydraulics

In the example above the RH Joystick trigger input is highlighted. The bottom line of the menu shows that this is connected to the MD3 controller at Pin 11 of the C2 connector plug.

• Engine Parameters • IQAN Status • I/O • fault information • DM1 (Display Module 1) Information • Sensors • Anti-stall

2.78

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

OUTPUTS

HYDRAULICS

This menu provides a list of outputs (excluding valve functions) from the modules to the various functions on the machine.

When a function is activated the corresponding line in the menu will change from 'False' to 'True' or the mA reading will change.

This menu provides a list of outputs from the modules to the various hydraulic functions on the machine.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to highlight the function output to be viewed. Once highlighted the bottom line of this menu will show which module this output is from and the corresponding pin # at that module.

In the example above the starter relay output is highlighted. The bottom line of the menu shows that this is connected to the XA2-A1 module at Pin 9 of the C1 connector plug.

When a hydraulic function is activated the corresponding line in the menu will change from 'False' to 'True' or the mA reading will change.

NOTE: Some mA readings will show - (negative) before the reading indicating a change in direction of the function.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to highlight the hydraulic function output to be viewed. Once highlighted the bottom line of this menu will show which module this output is from and the corresponding pin # at that module.

In the example above the fan speed output is highlighted. The bottom line of the menu shows that this is connected to the XA2-A1 module at Pins 20 and 34 of the C1 connector plug.

2.79

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

ENGINE PARAMETERS

I/O

This menu provides a list of all the engine parameters that are monitored by the Engine ECU and broadcast to the MD3.

This menu provides a list of joystick inputs to the MD3 Computer and the XS2 cab module.

IQAN STATUS

This menu provides a list of parameters that are monitored by the MD3 for each IQAN module.

FAULT INFORMATION

This menu provides a status of alarms related to the MD3 Computer.

2.80

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

DM1 INFORMATION

ANTI-STALL

This menu provides a status of fault detection related to the MD3 Computer.

This menu provides information related to the AntiStall system.

SENSORS

This menu provides information from the various sensors on the machine.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to highlight the input to be viewed. Once highlighted the bottom line of this menu will show which module this input is connected to and the corresponding pin # at that module.

In the example above the LS Pressure sensor is highlighted. The bottom line of the menu shows that this is connected to the XA2-A0 module at Pin 13 of the C1 connector plug.

2.81

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

PREFERENCES MENU

From the Main Menu screen press the F3 button and the Preferences menu page is displayed.

The following menu items can be selected.

•

Display

•

Date/Time

•

Language

2.82

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT

SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT

After selecting F1 the display adjustment screen opens and the following adjustments can be selected: RETURN TO MAIN MENU - Select F1

Select F3 to access the screen saver adjustment options. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll through the choices. Three choices are available:

BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - Select F2

•

SCREEN SAVER - Off

SCREEN SAVER - Select F3

•

SCREEN SAVER - Dimmed Timeout - 5 seconds Dimmed light - 80

•

SCREEN SAVER - Black Timeout - 5 seconds

BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT

After selecting F2 the backlight adjustment screen opens. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to adjust the display backlight. The range is 10 to 100. The default setting is 100.

After making a selection press the OK button to set the selection and press the back button to return to the Preferences menu.

When the desired setting is selected press the OK button. A good rule to follow is the lower the number the longer the life of the display unit. Press the back button to return to the Preferences menu.

2.83

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT

DATE ADJUSTMENT

Press F2 to select the DATE/TIME adjustments in the PREFERENCES menu.

Press F1 to select DATE. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll through the YEAR list to select the year. Press OK to set the year selected.

The DATE/TIME menu screen opens. Two choices are available for adjustment: DATE - select F1 TIME - select F2

2.84

When the year has been confirmed the display will highlight the MONTH. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the month. Press OK to set the month selected.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher DATE ADJUSTMENT - CONTINUED

Controls and Operation

TIME ADJUSTMENT Select F2 Time adjustment from the DATE/TIME display screen.

When the month has been set, the display will highlight the DAY. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the day. Press OK to set the day selected.

The Time display screen will open. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the HOUR. Press the OK button to set the selection.

The display will show the MINUTES highlighted.

The display will return to the DATE/TIME menu.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the minute. Press OK button to set the selection. The display will return to the DATE/ TIME menu screen. Press the back button to return to the Preferences menu. Select F3 to choose your Language preference.

2.85

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT

INFO MENU

From the Preferences menu press the F3 button to access the Language selection screen.

From the Main Menu screen press the F4 button and the Info menu page appears.

The following menu items can be selected.

The languages available for selection will be shown.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to move to the preferred language.

•

Modules - Select F1

Press OK to confirm the selection.The display will return to the Preferences menu.

•

Modem - Select F2

•

Logs - Select F3

Press the back button Menu screen.

The Machine ID information will be displayed on the screen along with the part number of the MD3 program installed.

to return to the Main

2.86

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher MODULES

Controls and Operation

MODEM Press F2 on the Info menu to select Modem menu. This menu provides information on the internal GSM modem as displayed below:

Press F1 on the Info menu to select Modules menu. This menu provides information on the following machine modules: •

MD3 (Computer Module)

•

Cab XS2

•

Frame Module 0 XA2

•

Frame Module 1 XA2

•

Cummins Engine ECM

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button menu.

Shown above, the MD3 module has been selected. Specific information for the MD3 is displayed on the screen.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button Info menu.

twice to return to the

2.87

to return to the Info

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LOGS

Press F3 on the Info menu to select Logs. This menu will list all system fault occurrences of messages and warnings that the system has encountered and the number of records within each log.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to view the selection and sort the information in a variety of ways.

The records are a list of all the fault occurrences in each log. Records cannot be cleared by operators.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button three times (or F1) to return to the Main Menu screen.

2.88

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher MD3 MESSAGES The MD3 computer displays messages and warnings, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs.

NOTE: The computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine startup to ensure that the master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in this section.

There are different types of Messages and Alarms. They appear on the screen as a block message.

The types of messages are: • CRITICAL MESSAGE - Colour RED • ERROR MESSAGE – Color RED • ALERT MESSAGE - Colour YELLOW • INFORMATION MESSAGE - Colour BLUE Messages can be hidden or acknowledged by pressing the button (Hide or OK).

All messages that have been hidden or acknowledged are stored in the computer.

In some instances it will be necessary to immediately stop the machine, turn OFF the engine and repair the problem causing the message.

Active fault messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the button.

Recalled messages and warnings will be displayed in order starting with the highest priority first.

IMPORTANT! When contacting Tigercat Customer service about any message or warning it is very important to write down and communicate the whole message (all text shown on the screen). This will greatly reduce troubleshooting time.

2.89

Controls and Operation

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED)

Critical messages and warnings flash the critical

Critical messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Critical messages have the highest level of priority and are used to alert the operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

When a critical message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem.

A list of CRITICAL MESSAGES is as follows: •

Hydraulic Oil Level Low.

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to make the machine safe, then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur!

•

Hydraulic Oil Temperature High

•

Engine Stop

•

Hardware Fault - MD3

•

Hardware Fault - Engine

•

Hardware Fault - XA2

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

•

Engine Coolant Temperature High

•

Engine Coolant Level low

•

Engine CAC Temperature High

•

Engine Oil Pressure Low

•

Engine Fault Code Messages - Critical

•

Pump Drive Gearbox Temperature High

•

Pump Drive Gearbox Lube Pressure Low

2.90

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ERROR MESSAGES (RED) Error messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Error messages are computer system generated and are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions.

Error messages have the second highest level of priority and are used to alert the operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

A list of some types of ERROR MESSAGES is as follows:

Error messages are activated whenever a fault such as an electrical connection is broken/ disconnected. Most error messages are due to computer system hardware or connection faults.

• Module VREF Error • Voltage Input Error (VIN) • Digital Input Error (DIN)

When an error message is displayed, the master alarm light flashes continuously and the alarm sounds. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

• Digital Output Error (DOUT) • Current Output Error (COUT) • Module No Contact Error

The message gives brief details of the fault and advises what action is necessary.

NOTE: Not all error messages are shown.

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to stop machine operation, turn OFF the engine and service the machine to correct the problem.

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to move the machine to a safe location then stop machine operation and turn OFF the engine before serious machine damage occurs.

Messages are acknowledged by pressing the button (OK). To recall active messages turn key OFF and ON. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

Error messages flash the Critical symbol or the Alert above the button when active messages are hidden depending on the type of error message. The symbol continues to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the button.

2.91

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW) Alert messages advise the operator that machine operation will be compromised.

Alert messages have the second level of priority and are used to indicate to the operator that action is required to prevent future damage to the machine.

All alert messages will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

Action should be taken to service the machine to correct the problem at the earliest opportunity to prevent future damage to the machine.

Alert computer system generated messages are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions.

Alert messages flash the alert symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden.

When a system generated alert message is displayed the external alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

There are two types of alert messages:

NOTE: Active hardware fault alert messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK).

To recall these messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

Alert programmed messages generally triggered by machine function related conditions.

INTERACTIVE ALERT MESSAGES

NOTE: If both a critical level fault and an alert level fault are present the critical symbol will take priority until the critical fault becomes inactive.

When an alert message is displayed, the external alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

•

Charge Filter Message - Alert

•

Engine Warning MSG - Alert

•

Engine Fault Code Messages - Alert

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

•

LH Joystick DM1 Alert

•

Module MD3 Alert MSG

•

Module XA2 Alert MSG

•

RH Joystick DM1 Alert

•

COUT hardware fault MSG

•

DOUT hardware fault MSG

•

DIN hardware fault MSG

•

VIN hardware fault MSG

•

High Exhaust System Temperature

2.92

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT

SPN: 110 FMI: 16 1 of 1 Engine coolant temperature high Above normal, severe

Alert engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when an alert engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control module.

Information messages give the operator information regarding an event or problem condition while the event or problem exists.

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

Information messages have lowest priority and are used to give the operator information that is useful to the operator, but requires no action to prevent immediate or future damage to the machine

Alert engine fault codes are lower priority messages than critical level engine fault code messages. Alert messages can be hidden but action (service engine) is required to resolve the cause of the fault.

When an information message is displayed on the screen the message will either automatically disappear when the condition no longer exists or stay on the screen until the operator acknowledges the message.

An example of an alert engine fault message is shown above.

Information messages can be acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). Acknowledged information messages are removed from the screen.

NOTE: Some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information.

Information messages do not have an indicator after they have been acknowledged.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

Most information messages that have been acknowledged cannot be reviewed.

NOTE: Contact your Tigercat dealer to obtain an Engine Fault Codes chart. An up to date copy should be kept in the Manual’s Box (in the cab). The chart is updated regularly by the engine manufacturer, so it is important to check periodically with the Tigercat dealer to ensure that you have a current copy of the Engine Fault Codes chart.

Recurrence of an event or problem condition related to an information message may cause the message to be shown again.

Restarting the machine may also cause the message to be shown again.

2.93

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

11 4

3

D

H 2

1

E F

12

10 A B

5 6 7 822C-04

G

C

8

9

SERVICE/ACCESS DOORS & COVERS

SERVICE/ACCESS DOORS & COVERS

INDICATOR LIGHT

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

Engine power door Engine coolant access cover Cab front door Fuel filler cap access cover Hydraulic tank door (LH rear) Access door, boom hose bulkhead Middle rear door Pump door (RH rear) Engine side door Access door, fan and exhaust Hydraulic tank compartment access cover Access cover, radiator, oil cooler, charge air cooler 13. Access door, fuel tank, bottom fueling option (Left side of machine to rear of left cab door)

13

ON/OFF SWITCH

QUICK DISCONNECT

822C-244

2.94

ACCESS DOOR, FUEL TANK, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

Provides access to the: A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

Engine Compartment Battery Compartment Radiator/Oil Cooler/Charge Air Cooler Fuel Tank Hydraulic Valves and Filters Hydraulic Tank Hydraulic Pump Compartment (pumps not shown) H. Fan (not visible in this illustration)

822C-188

H822C-177

ENGINE POWER DOOR ELECTRIC PUMP

ENGINE POWER DOOR SWITCH

CAUTION Be sure all personnel are clear of the power engine-door before opening the door.

The engine power door (1) is opened hydraulically using an electric pump and one hydraulic cylinder.

A switch, located in the cab, on the right hand pillar, is used to open and close the door.

NOTE: If the engine side access door (9) is not securely latched the engine power door may damage the latch as it closes.

The engine power door circuit does not normally require scheduled maintenance other than lubrication of cylinder and pivot points. Tigercat recommends the use of DEXRON III TYPE transmission fluid in this circuit, total circuit capacity is approximately 1.25 L (0.33 US gal).

The fill port is located on the pump.

2.95

Controls and Operation

LX830C-25

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

822C-32

FUEL FILLER CAP COVER

822C-30

ENGINE COOLANT CAP COVER

DOOR LATCH PIN

To open the side access doors, remove the latch pins and swing the doors open. Install door props provided.

Remove bolts to open access covers (2), (4), (11), and (12).

There are three removable cover plates located on the underside of the upper frame. These cover plates are bolted in place and only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

NOTCH IN COVER INDICATES POSITION OF PIVOT POINT

822C-197

SWIVEL BOLT: LOOSEN ONLY ENOUGH TO ALLOW DOOR TO SWIVEL FREELY

SWIVEL ACCESS COVER

There is a swivel access cover on the undercarriage. It only requires removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

2.96

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

822C-193

JUMPER BAR CABLE CONNECTION

JUMPER BAR CABLE CONNECTION The batteries are located at the rear right hand side of the engine compartment. This machine employs a special JUMPER CONNECTOR that is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper frame, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

2.97

Controls and Operation

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher COVER PLATE

2

COVER PLATE

1

1

2 3

3

5 5 7

7

6 6

8

822C-194

8 4

4

STANDARD

822C-195

FUEL TANK COMPONENTS

OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY

An electric fuel shut-off valve is located on top of the fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off solenoid valve (4) is activated by the ignition switch.

When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

1. Fuel Filler Cap 2. Fuel Level Sender 3. Fuel Filler Cap Mesh Strainer 4. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve 5. In-tank Strainer

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The STANDARD fuel tank has a total capacity of 530 L (140 US gal).

6. Removable Clean-out Cover 7. O-ring

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY fuel tank has a total capacity of 757 L (200 US gal).

8. Drain Plug Located at the rear left corner behind the operators cab.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the tank and incorporates a fine mesh strainer (3) to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

The fuel level sender is adjacent to the fuel filler cap in the tank.

2.98

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION STANDARD ON LEVELING MACHINES The bottom fueling system includes a “dry break” quick disconnect which can be reached from ground level, a solenoid operated fuel filling shutoff valve, an interior mounted fuel float switch to activate the shut-off valve when the tank is full and an ON/OFF switch box with an indicator light.

REFUELING PROCEDURE Park machine on level ground, shut off engine and allow machine to cool.

D

ON/OFF SWITCH

INDICATOR LIGHT

DO NOT refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks.

Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

Open cover on top of fuel tank (if equipped)and clear any debris from around the fill cap.

Remove filler cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from tank.

Inspect fill cap gasket.

Inspect fuel strainer located under the fill cap for debris or damage.

QUICK DISCONNECT

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

822C-244

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION

Fill tank until fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped. Do not leave nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

Remove nozzle and ground strap (if applicable), then install fill cap hand tight before closing fill cap cover.

Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

FUEL FILLER CAP

822C-198

FUEL LEVEL SENDER

FUEL FLOAT SWTICH

FUEL FILLER CAP AND FUEL LEVEL SENDER - BOTTOM FUELING

NOTE: This system relies on a remote fuel transfer pump mounted on the fuel supply truck or tank. There is no fuel transfer pump mounted on the machine.

2.99

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher FUEL COOLER VALVE FUNCTION

D FUEL COOLER BYPASS VALVE SHOWN BYPASSED

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION FUEL FILLING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Park machine with the upper frame level.

822C-200

2. Remove dust cap from quick disconnect ends and attach fuel truck supply line to machine.

FUEL COOLER

FUEL COOLER (IF EQUIPPED) The fuel cooler is located in the rear pump area and is equipped with a bypass valve.

3. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

NOTE: High fuel temperatures can cause the engine to de-rate.

4. Turn on fuel transfer pump (on fuel supply truck or tank).

The bypass valve should be placed in the OPEN position when high ambient air temperatures or operating conditions cause fuel temperatures to rise.

5. “Pull” FUEL FILL ON/OFF switch.

6. The amber signal light will indicate the fuel fill valve is open.

The bypass valve should be placed in the BYPASSED position when ambient air temperatures are low to prevent fuel gelling.

7. When the tank is full the fuel fill valve will close and the amber light will turn off.

8. Turn off fuel transfer pump.

9. Disconnect lines and return dust caps to quick disconnects.

10. The fuel fill valve can be closed at any time during the filling procedure by pushing the ON/OFF switch.

11. A vent at the top of tank opens when filling.

Ensure vent hose connects to fill cap compartment for venting fuel vapours.

12. Caution: Never leave the machine unattended during the fuel filling process.

13. Regularly inspect and repair all fuel fill system components to reduce the risk of spillage or fire.

2.100

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

SERVICE NOTE: Before disconnecting any hoses, release the pressure in the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve.

FILTER/ BREATHER

CAUTION Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints. Oil on skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water. Refer also to WORKING WITH OIL in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

CHECK VALVE 10 PSI AIR VENT VALVE

Controls and Operation

OPEN/CLOSE LEVER DRIP TRAY

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

822-D35

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

VENTING HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

VENT/BREATHER, HYDRAULIC TANK The air space in the top of the hydraulic tank is vented to atmosphere via a check valve and spin-on filter/breather. The check valve will open or "crack" when the pressure in the hydraulic tank reaches 0.7 bar (10 psi). The pressure build-up in the tank can be due to thermal expansion as the hydraulic oil heats up.

822C-187

FILTER/ BREATHER CHECK VALVE 10 PSI AIR VENT VALVE

FILTER/ BREATHER

GAUGE

DRIP TRAY OPEN/CLOSE LEVER 822C-243

After service is completed, close air vent valve.

FILTER/ BREATHER AIR PRESSURE GAUGE 822C-187

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

There is a pressure gauge to indicate the pressure inside the tank and an air vent valve to relieve the pressure when servicing the hydraulic system.

2.101

Controls and Operation FILTER GROUP (QTY. 6)

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher RETURN MANIFOLD

FIRST SIGHT GAUGE SECOND SIGHT GAUGE

WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT (COLOUR BLUE) HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

822C-187

LOW LEVEL SENDING UNITS

DRIP TRAY

822C-201

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES

OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK Located at the rear left corner of the machine beside the fuel tank, the hydraulic tank has a capacity of 166 L (44 US gal) with a total machine dry fill capacity of 250 L (66 US gal).

Six full-flow filters are connected to the hydraulic tank and mounted on three filter heads with builtin bypasses. The filters are located above the hydraulic tank.

A temperature sender activates the temperature gauge on the MD3 computer. The hydraulic oil temperature icon displays BLUE during the warmup mode and changes to WHITE in normal operating temperature. Should the temperature rise above normal the icon changes to YELLOW.

Sight gauges mounted on the rear of the tank accessible through the left side door indicate the level of the hydraulic oil in the hydraulic tank.

Incorporated into the base of the top gauge is a low level sending unit connected to the MD3 computer. An Alert message is displayed and the hydraulic oil level icon displays in YELLOW when the oil level falls to this point. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash three times.

A second oil level sight gauge located in a LOWER position on the tank than the first sight gauge also incorporates a low level sending unit connected to the MD3 computer. A Critical message is displayed and the hydraulic oil level icon displays in RED if there is a further loss of oil down to this point. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. STOP the vehicle, check for leaks and fix if needed, refill hydraulic oil tank to suggested level.

A Critical message is displayed when the oil temperature gauge needle enters the red zone and the icon changes to red. STOP the vehicle and resolve the cause of the fault.

Always keep the hydraulic oil level to within 5 cm (2 in.) of the HIGH mark. A low hydraulic oil level can result in severe damage to pumps.

2.102

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi), which will open in the event the elements become restricted.

Before this valve is activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch, located on one of the filter heads, will cause the Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass icon on the computer display to illuminate red. Note that the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon will be illuminated yellow when hydraulic oil temperature is low and the filter restriction pressure switch is activated.

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

822C-187

FILTER/ BREATHER CHECK VALVE 10 PSI AIR VENT VALVE

FILTER/ BREATHER

Controls and Operation

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

GAUGE

O-RING

ROUND ACCESS COVER

DRIP TRAY OPEN/CLOSE LEVER 822C-243

After service is completed, close air vent valve.

FILTER HEAD

FILTER RETURN MANIFOLD

855C-035

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS

RETURN FILTERS - HYDRAULIC OIL

DRAIN PLUG

The majority of return oil entering the tank passes through six spin-on hydraulic oil filters, one of the filters is a water absorbing filter (colour blue) which is in place to assist with removing unwanted moisture from the hydraulic oil. The filters are connected in parallel to three separate return filter heads.

822-06

DRAIN PLUG (ONLY ACCESSIBLE WITH MAIN CONTROL VALVE REMOVED)

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

RETURN DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS There are four reusable diffusers/strainers housed in the hydraulic tank, one (horizontal) on the case drain return port and three (vertical) on the return tubes. Inspecting, changing or cleaning the diffusers/strainers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

IMPORTANT!

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs.

Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, See SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL. Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

2.103

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

855C-035

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH A 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch is installed in the return manifold. When an oil flow in excess of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is encountered at the return filters in the hydraulic tank, this pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously.

IMPORTANT! DO NOT use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL. FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE NOTE: The filters should be checked/changed when the oil filter bypass icon displays YELLOW on the MD3 computer. If the icon continues to display YELLOW after the filters have been changed, the return strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

IMPORTANT!

NEVER PREFILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

Tigercat does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to prefill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

2.104

822C-222

HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL)

HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL) The hydraulic tank heater uses engine coolant to warm the hydraulic oil. There is a solenoid valve controlling the flow of coolant to the tank heater; this solenoid valve is controlled directly by the Webasto unit. The programming of the Webasto unit in the cab will determine when the heater is on and when it will turn off.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CLOG INDICATOR SIGHT GLASS

TO TANK VIA FILTERS

SHUT-OFF VALVE IN OFF POSITION

CHARGE PILOT FILTER HAND FILL PUMP

LX830C-15

CHARGE PILOT FILTER SUCTION HOSE

CHARGE PILOT FILTER There is a medium pressure charge pilot filter mounted to the base of the charge/pilot/filter manifold. This filter receives hydraulic oil from the charge pump. The charge pump supplies pilot oil via the filter and the charge/pilot/filter manifold to the pilot system.

822C-180

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

Mounted on top of the manifold is a clog indicator.

Under normal operating conditions the indicator will show GREEN. When a pressure differential of 2 Bar (29 psi) exists across the filter, the indicator will show RED, indicating a clogged filter.

This condition could happen during cold startups due to cold thick oil. As the oil warms up the indicator will need to be manually reset to GREEN by pressing the top of the indicator.

A “Clogged” condition will result in low pilot pressure. If a loss of controls or slow response occurs, filter element may need to be changed.

Refer to FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE and FILTERS, CHARGE PILOT in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for recommended servicing intervals and filter servicing information.

The hydraulic hand fill pump, located on the rear left door, is used for adding oil to the hydraulic oil tank. Hydraulic oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via the return filter manifold This ensures that any hydraulic oil added is filtered prior to entering the hydraulic tank. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS - MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. ADDING OIL TO HYDRAULIC TANK Depressurize tank, thoroughly clean outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug.

Open the oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction tube into supply drum and operate the pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via the return filter manifold. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with steady motion.

Pumping too fast may cause oil to bypass oil filter.

IMPORTANT! Close shut-off valve, replace cap on suction tube, wipe dry, and store after filling. Failure to keep the suction tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements. Swing pump handle up and lock.

2.105

Controls and Operation AS THE AIR SPINS, CENTRIFUGAL FORCE SEPARATES FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM THE CLEAN AIR

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CONTAMINANTS ARE BLOWN OUT OF SPECIAL DISCHARGE PORTS BY HIGH VELOCITY, AIR POWERED ROTOR

OUTLET TUBE PRIMARY ELEMENT

SAFETY ELEMENT

THE PRECLEANER HAS SPECIALLY DESIGNED BLADES THAT CAUSE THE INCOMING AIR TO SPIN TURBO2

AIRCLEANER

ONLY THE PURIFIED AIR GOES TO THE AIR FILTER

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses two filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

PRECLEANER OPERATION

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals. Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. DISCHARGE PORT AREA

218-21B

BOTTOM OF PRECLEANER

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the discharge port area and that the rotor spins freely.

2.106

LX830C-26

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hours). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 hours.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation CLEAN OUT COVER

FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

822C-247 822C-206

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

AIR INTAKE CLEAN OUT COVER

AIR INTAKE CLEAN OUT COVER The precleaner receives air via an air intake grill on the left side of the engine power door, behind the clean out cover and through a passageway fabricated into the power door. With the door opened, the clean out cover can be removed to allow access behind the engine air intake grill to remove any accumulation of debris. Refer to AIR INTAKE CLEAN OUT COVER PLATE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE ICON

CHECK CONDITION OF SEAL

PRECLEANER

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and tu‑rns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

822C-239

AIR INTAKE SEAL

AIR INTAKE SEAL Periodically check to ensure seal on top of precleaner is making proper contact with the sealing surface of the inside top of the power door. Hot air leakage at this seal will reduce engine power.

Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in THIS SECTION.

2.107

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher RADIATOR A/C CONDENSER

OIL COOLER

DEBRIS SCREEN

COOLING FAN SHROUD FINGER GUARD

SURGE TANK

FAN DRIVE MOTOR

CHARGE AIR COOLER

822C-01

COOLER PACKAGE COMPONENTS

CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLER PACKAGE

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN RADIATOR/ OIL COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER.

CLEANING PROCEDURE:

The hydraulic oil cooler/radiator/charge air cooler (CAC) is mounted to the rear of the fan. The A/C condenser core is mounted to the rear of the oil cooler. A debris screen is used to protect the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooler package. The hydraulically driven fan draws air through the screen, through the A/C condenser, the oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooler package and finally blows the air across the engine.

The A/C condenser core and the oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooler package should be checked every shift (8 hours) for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. All of the engine enclosure doors should also be kept clean.

1. Shut down the engine as per instructions in STOPPING ENGINE in THIS SECTION. Always follow proper engine shutdown procedures. The important benefits are: •

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risks from touching hot surfaces.

2. Open rear right side engine door.

3. Slide the debris screen out.

4. Remove two nuts (right side) and carefully swing out the A/C condenser (on hinges) to expose oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooler package. Remove any accumulated debris.

2.108

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CAUTION Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris.

5.

When the units have been cleaned return all cooling components to their operating position.

CAUTION

COOLER PACKAGE

822C-214

Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation.

Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine.

A/C CONDENSER

NOTE: The cooler package must be checked daily and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris. Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result.

SLIDE DEBRIS SCREEN OUT AND REMOVE

COOLER PACKAGE

822C-213

Pay particular attention to cleaning in the corners of the cooler as these areas usually plug deeply.

Reversing the fan at least once per hour will help reduce the dust accumulation in the cooler cores, see COOLING FAN SWITCH, CLEAN POSITION earlier in THIS SECTION to manually reverse fan or see ADJUST MENU/MACHINE PARAMETERS/TIMED PURGE INTERVAL for resetting computer to change cooling fan purge interval to program the fan to reverse every hour automatically.

For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. If an oil leak occurs in this area it should be thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed. The presence of oil causes dust and dirt to cling to surfaces which will impair the reversible fan’s ability to remove dust and dirt particles.

2.109

OIL COOLER/ RADIATOR/CAC A/C CONDENSER

NUTS

HINGES

822C-209

SWING OUT A/C CONDENSER

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

OPERATING MACHINE

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

Ensure that the appropriate lubrication and maintenance schedule has been performed prior to operating the machine. Refer to SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL. Also refer to the Engine Manufacturer Operator’s Manual supplied with the machine.

Any personnel who are to operate this machine must be fully trained in safety and operating procedures by a competent person.

822C-174

IGNITION SWITCH 860C-401

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

SAW SWITCH

CONTROL PANEL

PRESTART CHECKS 1. Ensure ignition switch and saw switch are in the OFF position.

3. Check fuel level. Turn ignition switch to the

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

RUN

position to check this, then to OFF.

UPPER SIGHT GAUGE LOWER SIGHT GAUGE

822-D29

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CHECK CHARGE GAUGE

2. Check that the portable fire extinguisher and the fire suppression cylinder are sufficiently charged.

822C-201

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES

4. Check hydraulic oil level, the level should be between the HIGH and LOW marks on the level gauge.

2.110

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK

FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

FUEL FILTER

DRAIN TAP 822C-212 822C-212

5. Check the engine oil level. The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick.

7. Check fuel line water separator(s) and drain any accumulated water into a bowl and clean up any spills.

FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

PRECLEANER

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

AIR CLEANER

UNLOADER VALVE 822C-205

822C-206

AIR CLEANER

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

8. Check air filter restriction indicator.

AIR INTAKE AREA DISCHARGE PORT AREA

TOP SEAL 218-21B 822C-239

UNDER SIDE OF PRECLEANER

CHECK AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

6. Check air intake precleaner. Remove any blockages or obstructions.

Check air cleaner unloader valve.

Check air intake precleaner intake and discharge areas. Remove any blockages or obstructions.

822C-217

9. Remove cover and check condition and tension of engine belts every 250 hours.

All belts should be inspected for signs of incision, cracks, excessive wear in grooves and signs of end or surface grinding.

2.111

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

WARNING Shut-off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

CHARGE AIR COOLER / RADIATOR / OIL COOLER

H845C-47

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL LEVEL GAUGE

10. Check the engine coolant level.

OIL COOLER/ RADIATOR/CAC A/C CONDENSER

LX830C-16

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL LEVEL GAUGE 12. Check pump drive gearbox oil level at sight gauge when cold, the level should be at the ‘ARROW’ mark.

CRACKING

860C-209

11. Clean radiator, A/C condenser and oil cooler.

EDGE WEAR

BENT

WORN HOLES

EDGE WEAR BROKEN EDGE 830-02

13. Check condition of track shoes.

2.112

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 14. Check track chain tension by measuring track sag as follows:

Controls and Operation

SAW-P03

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

845-12

CHECK/TIGHTEN TOOTH FASTENERS

MEASURING TRACK SAG

15. Check and tighten all of the fasteners retaining the disc saw teeth to the proper torque level.

A. Position felling head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

B. Place felling head on ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift track clear of ground.

C. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

D. Stop engine.

E. Measure the distance between the top surface of the track shoe and the centre of the lower surface of the track frame.

SAW-23

REPLACE OR ROTATE WORN TEETH

16. Replace all worn disc saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align fresh cutting tips.

17. Replace the tooth fastener whenever replacing a saw tooth.

STRESS CRACK AROUND HUB

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

F.

SAW-26

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

This dimension should be between 10-15 cm (4-6 in.) for normal operations.

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

STRESS CRACK

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket. Refer to TRACK CHAIN TENSION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE IN SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

SAW-27

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

18. Inspect the disc for stress cracks and that the disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

2.113

Controls and Operation

SAW-24

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

MISSING TEETH/DAMAGED BLADE

19. Never start or use a machine if the disc saw has missing teeth, missing teeth fasteners or a bent or damaged disc.

SAW-25

CHECK FOR DAMAGE TO SAW HOUSING 20. Check that the saw housing is clear and undamaged.

21. Shut down the machine immediately if you feel a vibration when the cutting disc is running.

22. Check all exits.

23. Be sure that all doors and access panels are securely fastened.

24. Unlock all cab doors.

2.114

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher STARTING ENGINE 1. Ensure that PRESTART CHECKS have been performed and that the area is clear of personnel prior to starting the engine. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE - PRESTART CHECKS in THIS SECTION.

Controls and Operation

7. Increase engine speed (rpm) slowly to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings and allow oil pressure to stabilize.

If engine stalls while operating the machine, turn the ignition key switch to the OFF position and REPEAT STEPS (1) to (5).

2. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

CAUTION Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across starter terminals as personal injury could occur. Start engine only from operator’s seat.

3. Turn ignition key switch to the RUN position. The WAIT TO START icon below will appear on the display during the “key ON” engine preheat time. Heating elements (grid heater elements) located in the engine air intake manifold are turned ON to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine must not be started until this icon turns OFF automatically.

WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

WAIT TO START ICON

IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load.

Check all measured values on the MD3 display terminal often during the warm-up period. See also, COLD IDLE ENGINE SPEED setting in THIS SECTION.

4. Then turn ignition key switch to the START position to crank engine.

5. When the engine starts, release the ignition key switch to the RUN position.

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system.

6. Set throttle to LOW IDLE speed and wait three to five minutes before operating with a load.

NOTE: The computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test when the keyswitch is released to the RUN position. The alarm light will flash and the master alarm will sound briefly to test for proper operation.

2.115

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

COLD WEATHER STARTING WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

1. Follow the STARTING ENGINE instructions for this COLD WEATHER STARTING procedure, paying attention to the WAIT TO START icon on Computer Display.

This warning message will be ON during the key RUN engine preheat time. The engine must not be started until this message goes OFF automatically.

IMPORTANT! Cold start-ups can result in pump failure, refer to “HYDRAULIC OIL CHART” for recommended oil viscosity and temperature ranges. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

WAIT TO START ICON

NOTE: Cold temperatures require the use of an engine block heater and a hydraulic oil heater.

Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

CLEAN OUT COVER

NOTE: If at any time during the warming procedure the hydraulic filter bypass warning message comes on, return the engine speed to LOW IDLE .

822C-247

AIR INTAKE CLEAN-OUT COVER

The precleaner receives air via an air intake grill on the left side of the engine power door and through a passage way fabricated into the power door. With the door opened, a cover plate can be removed to allow access behind the engine air intake grill to remove any accumulation of debris.

In extremely cold weather it is possible to run the engine with this cover removed to allow the engine to draw warmer air from inside the engine enclosure.

IMPORTANT! If the cover is removed, it MUST BE REINSTALLED when operating in warmer outside temperatures otherwise the engine will run at a higher temperature and less horsepower.

Periodically check to ensure seal on top of precleaner is making proper contact with the sealing surface of the inside top of the power door. Hot air leakage at this seal will reduce engine power.

Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 2000 HOURS in SECTION 3 of this manual for required maintenance in this area.

2.116

2. During the engine warm-up period constantly monitor engine coolant temperature and engine oil pressure. Stop engine if any pressure or temperature does not meet the specification.

3. Continue with MACHINE PREPARATION - SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP in THIS SECTION. 4.

Start engine and keep throttle at low idle.

•

DO NOT ACTIVATE PILOT SYSTEM.

•

Hydraulic filter bypass icon must be off before proceeding to Step 5.

•

Engine coolant temperature must reach 60°C (140°F) before proceeding to Step 5.

•

Hydraulic Oil temperature must reach -7°C (20°F) before proceeding to Step 5.

•

Check that cooling fan is turning before proceeding to Step 5.

NOTE: At -18°C (0°F) starting temperature it will take approximately thirty minutes to complete step 4.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 5. Activate pilot system and turn on saw.

•

Hydraulic filter bypass icon must be off.

•

Observe that blade rpm has stabilized.

•

Operate saw for approximately five minutes to warm up spindle bearings.

6. Turn saw OFF then increase engine speed to 1300 rpm and begin slow boom movements •

Hydraulic filter bypass icon must be off.

•

Operate main boom to raise attachment off ground.

•

Operate stick boom slowly in and out.

•

Operate tilt function very slowly to prevent flow surges in the cooling system.

7. Swing upper frame 360° to the left then 360° to the right.

8. Operate wrist tilting head to the left then the right. Avoid going to the end of stroke during wrist operation.

9. Place travel speed switch in LOW position and drive machine forward pressing the foot pedals very gradually. DO NOT exceed 1/2 pedal position.

10. Watch hydraulic oil temperature, it must reach 10°C (50°F) before any work may begin.

11. Increase engine speed to 1500 rpm, and begin driving to work area in LOW travel speed. Do not fully depress foot pedals until the hydraulic oil reaches 32°C (90°F).

Harvesting may begin but work very slowly.

The machine functions will seem to operate much slower until the systems are warmed up. Avoid operating the boom or tilt functions quickly until the hydraulic oil is above 32°C (90°F). Work the machine for thirty minutes at 1500 rpm.

12. When hydraulic oil reaches 32°C (90°F) and machine has been operated for 30 minutes it is safe to increase engine speed to full throttle.

2.117

Controls and Operation

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL

STOPPING ENGINE

If the engine runs out of fuel perform the following: 1. Refill fuel tank completely.

2. Bleed the system according to engine manual procedures.

IMPORTANT! Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool.

Always follow this engine shut down procedure. The important benefits are:

WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with a FLAMESTART starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

3. Crank engine until it starts. If it fails to start after 20 seconds, stop and wait for 2 minutes before trying again.

•

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces.

1. Turn the saw switch to the OFF position and STOP the saw blade. This should be done before leaving the cutting area.

IMPORTANT! To prevent damage to starter, do not engage starter motor for more than 15 to 20 seconds.

Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start the engine. If engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturer operator’s manual.

2. Find a clear and level area a least 15 m (50 ft) from any other equipment to park the machine.

3. Park the machine and lower the saw head onto firm ground.

4. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE , de-activate the pilot system and let engine run at low idle speed for approximately three minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

5. Open engine power door switch in Full ON

and place fan

position.

6. Do not increase engine speed before shut-off.

7. Place fan switch in AUTO

position.

8. Stop engine by turning ignition key switch to the OFF position.

9. Saw blade must be stopped before exiting cab.

10. Install saw blade guard.

11. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (Greasing, clean engine compartment etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

2.118

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher MACHINE PREPARATION

(k) When cold weather conditions exist, continue the process of warming up the hydraulic system by repeating steps (g) thru’ (j) several times. As the hydraulic system warms up, engine speed can be increased gradually

SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP Before commencing harvesting operations, follow steps (a) thru’ (p) to accomplish the following; • • •

to the HIGH IDLE position. If the FILTER BYPASS warning message comes on decrease engine speed immediately and continue warming the system.

Warm up the hydraulic system.

Test all systems for proper operation.

Inspect for hydraulic oil leaks.

IMPORTANT! If any system fails to respond to the controls, stop the warm-up procedure and call a mechanic, otherwise serious damage to pumps and other components could result.

(l) Observe all boom operations. If any operations are not operating as they should, take the necessary steps to correct the problem. (m) Turn the saw ON. Refer to ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL and check attachment for proper operation according to manufacturer’s instructions.

(a) Close cab doors and sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. (b) Start engine, See STARTING ENGINE. (c) Press Pilot Reset switch

.

After completion of the warm-up and system testing, turn the attachment OFF and rest it on the ground.

(d) Ensure computer display is indicating normal operating conditions.

(n) Set the swing brake to the ON position.

(e) Check that all personnel are clear of the machine. (f) Increase engine speed 1300 rpm.

Controls and Operation

(o) Set the throttle control to LOW IDLE

to approximately

.

WARNING Ensure that the saw blade has stopped rotating before leaving the cab.

NOTE: The computer control system on this machine has a warm up mode function which limits engine rpm and applies the antistall during cold starts. Refer to WARM UP MODE in THIS SECTION for more information.

(p) Leave the cab and visually check hose connections and cylinders for leaks. Check under the machine for oil leaks.

(g) Slowly raise and lower the stick boom and the main boom, check for proper operation.

WARNING

With the head raised slightly off the ground: (h) Operate the accumulation and clamp arms and check for proper operation. (i) Tilt the head forward and back and check that it is operating correctly. (j) Swing the upper frame to the left and right.

2.119

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED)

OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING

1. Select the appropriate drive range.

When using the controls on a load sensing system be aware of what the load sensing system is trying to do for you. If you move the lever or pedal 20% of its total angle, the system will provide whatever pressure it takes ( up to its maximum capacity if needed) to meet this speed requirement. If you move the lever past the point needed in an attempt to speed up the boom movement, you will only overshoot the speed you wanted. Relax and try to use the least amount of lever action you can.

Place the track switch in the LOW or DRIVE position.

When in LOW the machine moves slower but with increased drive force. All harvesting should be done in LOW. When in DRIVE the machine moves faster but with less drive force. Travelling over longer distances (and not harvesting) should be done in DRIVE to allow for faster travel speeds when the terrain permits. Also, DO NOT travel continuously for longer than 10 minutes, take 5 minute breaks, this will help prevent the track drive gearboxes from over heating.

For a more detailed description of drive range refer to TRACK, LOW/DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION. 2. Place swing brake switch in OFF position.

3. Move throttle control to the HIGH idle position.

4. Operate the drive foot pedals to manoeuvre the machine.

2.120

Load sensing systems respond to rough operation by amplifying these movements. If you find the boom is jerky or always giving “feedback”, you’re probably too active on the controls. If slowing down doesn’t eliminate the roughness, the margin pressure setting may be too high and can be reduced to calm down the machine’s response.

Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4 of the SERVICE MANUAL Refer to SET FLOW (FUNCTION SPEED) RATE in appropriate BOOM, SWING or TRACK DRIVE sections of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher ATTACHMENT OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Controls and Operation

SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ER BOOM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) NORMAL HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION PERFORMANCE CAN BE EXPECTED IN THIS AREA

1. All tree harvesting should be carried out in LOW driving range. Refer to TRACK, LOW/ DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

OPERATING THE LEFT JOYSTICK TO MOVE THE BOOM IN THIS ZONE WITH A FULL LOAD WILL NOT ALLOW THE HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION TO PERFORM AS IT SHOULD WITHOUT ASSISTANCE FROM THE RIGHT JOYSTICK

2. Refer to HARVESTING ATTACHMENT GENERAL SAFETY in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Read and understand the operating and safety instructions found in the ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL for the attachment installed on this machine.

14°

14°

830-01A

HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION CHARACTERISTICS This ER boom system is designed to minimize heat generation and fuel consumption during horizontal boom motion. To obtain maximum benefit from the system, the machine should be operated using mainly horizontal reaching motions as much as possible, lifting and lowering the boom only as much as necessary for positioning until the head is full.

Due to the nature of this ER boom system, there will be certain conditions in which the weight of the head plus its carried load will be too great for the system to provide its intended horizontal reaching motion. This most notably occurs when the machine is operating on a hill with the head raised higher than the tracks and tucked in close to the cab. If such a situation occurs, the right joystick control should be pushed forward slightly while operating the left joystick to get the system moving. To help prevent this situation, the head should be kept as close to the ground as possible and slightly extended when climbing hills.

2.121

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CARE OF THE MACHINE 1. Ensure that all fluid levels are always at the proper level. Refer to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 2. Lubricate all grease points at the required intervals as specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Follow proper procedure for cleaning windows described in this section.

4. Close and secure all doors and access panels before running the machine.

5. Ensure that the cab emergency exits are in working order by following the EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE guide in this section.

6. DO NOT allow branches, twigs, leaves or pine needles to build up around radiator intake doors or anywhere else on the machine.

Clean as operating conditions warrant but at least once day all debris must be remove from the machine interior.

7. DO NOT apply load to a cold engine.

8. Always harvest trees in LOW driving range.

9. Never park machine with head raised off the ground. Be sure that the head is resting on the ground before servicing or parking the machine. Refer to PARKING BOOM in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions.

10. SAFETY FIRST! Follow all safety rules and regulations as outlined in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

2.122

CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN CAB Some windows used in the cab are made from a polycarbonate resin thermoplastic. This material is a replacement for glass when improved strength, durability and safety is required.

Polycarbonate material is expected to resist heavy impact and to absorb high levels of energy when contacted by high velocity thrown objects such as wood chips, cutter tools or stones.

The extreme operating environment seen in logging applications heightens the need to regularly inspect and properly maintain polycarbonate cab windows.

Polycarbonate windows are an essential piece of operator protective equipment and should be maintained as such. It is important to note that cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface or edges of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts and therefore compromise effectiveness as operator safety protective equipment. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

Refer to the next section for detailed information regarding inspection and maintenance of polycarbonate windows.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE Daily inspection and maintenance is essential to confirm that the window’s ability to protect the operator has not been compromised.

• Inspect all windows daily and immediately after any impacts.

• Check for any damage to the window material or steel structure in the area of the window mounting.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be evenly and fully supported on a flat surface around the entire window opening at all times.

Bent or dented skylight structures must be replaced immediately. Bent or dented cab structures must be evaluated immediately for possible repair or replacement.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be free from cracks, chips, notches or scarring and must not be pinched or stressed.

These defects will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts.

Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Bent, dented or missing window retaining parts must be replaced immediately.

• Rubber materials used in mounting the window must be maintained in good condition.

• Identification of the polycarbonate originally used by Tigercat is hot stamped in a corner of the window to identify its composition. Do not use any replacement window without proof of its material composition. Do not substitute with any other materials.

• Skylights, cab structures, windows and window retaining parts must not be modified or replaced with components that are not approved by Tigercat.

Controls and Operation

RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS The resistance of polycarbonate material to chemical exposure varies widely. Fortunately, polycarbonate materials have good resistance to diesel fuel, grease, hydraulic oil, kerosene and engine oil.

Other chemicals however can seriously weaken the polycarbonate.

DO NOT permit any of the following chemicals to come into contact with polycarbonate windows: • acetone • air conditioning refrigerant • ammonia • antifreeze • benzene • brake fluid • carbon tetrachloride • cutting oils • gasoline • lacquer thinner • toluene • turpentine • xylene RESISTANCE TO WATER Polycarbonate material has good resistance to water up to approximately 65°C (150°F). Above this temperature the effect of water is timetemperature related. This means that the higher the water temperature, the shorter the time before the polycarbonate is adversely affected.

Exposing polycarbonate to repeated steam cleanings or high temperature pressure washing may result in crazing, a phenomenon that causes clouding of the surface. Crazing can ultimately result in a loss of physical strength and may precede a fracture.

2.123

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

CAUTIONS

The viewing surfaces of polycarbonate cab windows are specially treated with a hard coating to provide enhanced resistance to abrasion and ultra-violet (UV) radiation.

•

DO NOT use abusive cleaning procedures either by hand or pressure washing on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use brushes, razor blades, scrapers, squeegees or other sharp tools on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT clean polycarbonate windows when the daytime temperature is high or in direct sunlight.

•

DO NOT use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use glass cleaners in either aerosol or nonaerosol containers to clean polycarbonate windows.

•

Failure to follow these cleaning instructions will shorten the service life of polycarbonate and may cause visual hazing, loss of light transmission and delamination of the polycarbonate hard surface coating.

The following instructions are provided to prolong the life of this protective hard coating.

1. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water 2. Using a soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois, gently wash the window with a mild solution of soap or detergent in lukewarm water. DO NOT scrub or use brushes or squeegees.

Brand name soaps and detergents recommended for cleaning polycarbonate are: • Fantastik • Formula 409 • Hexcel F.O. 554 • Joy • Lysol • Mr. Clean • Neleco-Placer • Pine-Sol • Top Job 3. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water.

CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES The appearance of scratches and minor abrasions on the surfaces of polycarbonate windows can be minimized by using a mild automotive polish such as: • • •

4. Dry the window with a moist soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois to prevent water spotting.

Johnson’s Paste Wax Novus Plastic Polish #1 and #2 Mirror Glaze Plastic Polish

Be certain to clean the polycarbonate window as outlined prior to application of an automotive polish. Refer to CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS.

5. To remove grease or oil, first rub lightly with a good grade of VM&P Naphtha or isopropyl alcohol followed by the same rinse, wash, rinse and dry procedure described in steps 1 to 4.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

2.124

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

GRAFFITI REMOVAL •

For removal of paints, marking pen inks, etc., the use of Butyl Cellosolve is generally effective. The use of masking tape, adhesive tape or lint removal tools works well for lifting off old weathered paints.

•

To remove labels, stickers, etc., the use of kerosene, VM&P Naphtha, or petroleum spirits is generally effective. When the solvent will not penetrate sticker material, apply heat (hair dryer) to soften the adhesive and promote removal.

WINDOW SCREEN HAND KNOB

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

860C-396

SIDE WINDOW SCREEN

SIDE WINDOW SCREENS The side window screens (if equipped) can be removed to clean the windows. Screens are provided for the personal protection of the operator and must be reinstalled immediately after cleaning the windows.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS Polycarbonate window material will ignite when exposed to an ignition source in excess of 427°C (800°F). When working around polycarbonate windows, observe similar fire precautions to those in place for wood.

A hand knob is provided on both the inside and the outside. By unscrewing either (not both) of these knobs, the screen will be free to swing out on the hinges. Be aware that the screen will swing outwards with considerable force, if the door is open.

REMOVAL OF ANTICORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) Some machines, particularly machines shipped outside North America, are shipped with an optional anticorrosion spray to protect the machine from corrosion during shipment.

All hand knobs should be hand tightened only at all times.

This anticorrosion spray should be removed when the machine reaches it’s destination as it may cause debris to stick to the treated surfaces of the machine.

The anticorrosion can be removed with a pressure washer, a sponge and soap.

2.125

20231A R1

20231A R1

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

2.126

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.....................................................................................................3

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION & MAINTENANCE CONTENTS - SECTION 3 A

ISSUE 2.0, DECEMBER 2015

ACCESS DOOR, UNDERCARRIAGE, SWIVEL........................................................................................................ 3.39 AIR CLEANER........................................................................................................................................................... 3.35 AIR CONDITIONING, CHECKING THE SYSTEM..................................................................................................... 3.20 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, ENGINE................................................................................................................................ 3.35 AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE...................................................................................................................... 3.37 AIR INTAKE SEAL.................................................................................................................................................. 3.38 CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS........................................................................................................................... 3.36 CLEAN OUT COVER............................................................................................................................................. 3.38 ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER................................................................................................................................. 3.35 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR...................................................................................................................... 3.37 IMPROPER SERVICING........................................................................................................................................ 3.36 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS.............................................................................................................................. 3.38 OVER SERVICING................................................................................................................................................. 3.36 APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS................................................................................................................................ 3.15 B

BELT, SERPENTINE, INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT...................................................................................... 3.29 BOTTOM FUELING OPTION..................................................................................................................................... 3.26 C

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM...................................................................................................... 3.20 COMMERCIAL WOOD - WEIGHTS........................................................................................................................... 3.49 CONVERSION CHART, UNITS.................................................................................................................................. 3.48 COOLANT FILTER..................................................................................................................................................... 3.23 D

DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS, HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN............................................................................................ 3.34 E

EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY.................................................................................................................. 3.6 ENGINE OIL FILTER.................................................................................................................................................. 3.23 ER BOOM SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................... 3.19 F

FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE....................................................................................................... 3.12, 3.13 FILTERS CHARGE PILOT..................................................................................................................................................... 3.30 COOLANT, ENGINE............................................................................................................................................... 3.23 DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS, HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN........................................................................................ 3.34 ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................................... 3.23 FILTER/BREATHER....................................................................................................................................... 3.7, 3.27 FUEL...................................................................................................................................................................... 3.23 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR..................................................................................................................... 3.23 REMOVE AND REPLACE, ENGINE...................................................................................................................... 3.23 RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL...................................................................................... 3.31 FIRE PREVENTION..................................................................................................................................................... 3.7 FUEL - REFUELING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................... 3.26 FUEL TANKS CAPACITY.............................................................................................................................................................. 3.24 COMPONENTS...................................................................................................................................................... 3.24 REFUELING PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 3.26 STRAINER - CHANGING/CLEANING................................................................................................................... 3.25 H

HAND FILL PUMP - HYDRAULIC OIL....................................................................................................................... 3.29 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS........................................................................................................................................ 3.31 HYDRAULIC OILS..................................................................................................................................................... 3.15 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK ADDING HYDRAULIC OIL..................................................................................................................................... 3.29 DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS...................................................................................................................................... 3.34 FILTER/BREATHER....................................................................................................................................... 3.7, 3.27 FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH...................................................................................................... 3.31 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK - ACCESS COVER.............................................................................................................. 3.34 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - REFILLING......................................................................................................................... 3.28

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS........................................................................................ 3.27 L

LEVELER CYLINDER LOCKS................................................................................................................................... 3.14 LUBRICATION POINTS - CHART.............................................................................................................................. 3.12 LUBRICATION SCHEDULE............................................................................................................................. 3.12, 3.13 N

NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................

FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT..............................................................................................................

INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION...................................................................................................................

TIGHTENING POINTS..................................................................................................................................... 3.3, O

3.3 3.3 3.3 3.6

OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM.......................................................................................................................................... 3.4 OIL FILL - HYDRAULIC.............................................................................................................................................. 3.29 OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE........................................................................................................................................ 3.6 OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM......................................................................................................................................... 3.5 P

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS....................................................................................................................... 3.50 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE............................................................................................................... 3.3 PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX MAINTENANCE GUIDE................................................................................................... 3.39 R

REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM................................................................................................................... 3.28 REFUELING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................... 3.26 RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS............................................................................................................... 3.31 ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL - LUBRICATION............................................................................................................ 3.18 S

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 8 HOURS.................................................................................................................................................................. 3.8 24 HOURS............................................................................................................................................................... 3.9 125 HOURS............................................................................................................................................................. 3.9 250 HOURS........................................................................................................................................................... 3.10 500 HOURS........................................................................................................................................................... 3.10 1000 HOURS......................................................................................................................................................... 3.11 2000 HOURS......................................................................................................................................................... 3.11 FREQUENTLY.......................................................................................................................................................... 3.8 SERPENTINE BELT, INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT....................................................................................... 3.29 SERVICE PLATFORM (IF EQUIPPED)........................................................................................................... 3.14, 3.16 STRAINER - FUEL TANK........................................................................................................................................... 3.25 STRAINERS/DIFFUSERS - HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN........................................................................................... 3.34 SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARING LUBRICATION........................................................................................................................ 3.17 UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION......................................................................................................................... 3.17 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING............................................................................................................... 3.18 T

TORQUE CHART....................................................................................................................................................... 3.43 TORQUE CHART, GENERAL.................................................................................................................................... 3.44 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS.................................................................................................................. 3.45, 3.46 TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION..................................................................................................... 3.40 MEASURING SAG DIMENSION............................................................................................................................ 3.42 PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS............................................................................................................................ 3.40 TORQUE PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................................ 3.42 TRACK CHAIN SAG............................................................................................................................................... 3.42 U

UNIT CONVERSION CHART..................................................................................................................................... 3.48 UNLOADER VALVE - AIR CLEANER........................................................................................................................ 3.36 W

WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD....................................................................................................................... 3.49 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART................................................................................................................................. 3.48 WOOD, WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD......................................................................................................... 3.49

3.2

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE

*INITIAL PREDELIVERY INSPECTION:PERFORM THE INITIAL PREDELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT"

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT:WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT" THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME.

*IMPORTANT! TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT. Tightening points:~

NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

All hydraulic connections Hose clamps All cylinder and boom pin retainers

Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Check all leveler pivot bearing retaining bolts (If equipped with leveler) Check swing bearing bolt torque Engine mounting bolts Pump mounting bolts Track shoe bolts Track roller retaining bolts Track sprocket retaining bolts Track drive gearbox mounting bolts Track drive motor mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Swing motor mounting bolts Cab securing bolts Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

3.3

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM Using the Tigercat Advanced Oil Analysis Program on a regular basis is an excellent preventative maintenance tool.

Studies have shown that it is possible to receive a 10 to 1 payback when looking at the amount saved on repair costs to the amount invested in a scheduled oil analysis program. Some of the benefits of a sampling program include: •

Detect problems early before they become major catastrophic failures.

•

Better ability to schedule downtime and forecast cost of repairs.

•

Monitor maintenance schedules and practices and confirm that the required maintenance is being done on time.

•

Increase used equipment value by providing proof of proper maintenance.

This Program uses the most modern technology available to analyze all oil samples. Most test results are available within 24 hours after receipt of the sample and are supplied in an easy to understand report, which calls for specific action and makes detailed recommendations. This report is available as a mailed or faxed hardcopy, sent via e-mail or can be viewed on the internet.

This program will provide Tigercat machine owners access to an Advanced Oil Analysis Program for all major machine components including Engines, Hydraulic Circuits, Axles, Final Drives, Gearboxes, etc.

800 Series Models Recommended Testing Schedule Location

First Sample

Follow-up Samples

Hydraulic Oil

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Swing Drive Gearbox (if applicable*)

125 Hours

Every Oil Change (250 Hours or 1.5 Months)

Track Drive Gearboxes

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Pump Drive Gearbox (if applicable)

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

* Note that swing drive gearbox oil sampling applies only to machines that use gear oil in the swing drive gearbox.

Tigercat Oil Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required follow-up oil samples.

Refer also to OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations.

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a Prepaid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Preprinted mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt.

The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of oil testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc.

To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how to properly collect, prepare and ship the oil samples.

Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.4

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple oil samples, fill out all of the required SIF`s in their entirety, prior to taking any oil samples.

Then, immediately package each completed SIF together with the matching oil sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF`s and oil samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLE VALVE

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the oil sample taken. Collection of clean oil samples that are representative of the main body of oil are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained.

Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

822C-187

Hydraulic Oil Samples: •

Hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine whenever possible.

•

Purge the sample valve before taking a representative oil sample. Drain a minimum of 90 to 120 ml (3-4 ounces) of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

•

Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

•

•

Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – DO NOT put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

Gearbox Samples: •

•

DO NOT allow any airborne dirt, etc. to enter the sample bottle.

These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

•

•

Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full.

To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

•

Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

•

Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing.

Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs.

In cases where oil samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a reservoir or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.5

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

GENERAL Inspect the EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of LEAKAGE. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler.

Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, DO NOT OPERATE the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

CAUTION All handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice and forest debris.

Clean around filler caps before checking or adding fluids.

Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately.

During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

Clean up spills as soon as possible.

Always release pressure in hydraulic tank before breaking a connection. For machines with pressurized tanks.

Always use clean oil and containers.

Drain dirty oil while still warm.

Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

Do not exceed recommended fluid levels.

For safety, always lower boom to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

Service all hydraulic filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve. Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

Always install door safety struts when working on machine.

Top up diesel fuel at each shift to reduce contamination by condensation.

Clean fire suppression system sensors.

Clean up oil spills on walking surfaces in engine enclosure immediately.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS MONTHLY~ Two alternate exit routes are provided: side door emergency exit and roof escape hatch/ emergency exit. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

Before welding on machine, be sure to disconnect all electrical connections and follow all servicing safety precautions as outlined in the WELDING, PRIOR TO of SECTION 1 in THIS MANUAL.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

When welding, secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL for checking procedure.

Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

*OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

PER LEAKAGE RATE DAY ONE DROP IN TEN SECONDS 0.424 ONE DROP IN FIVE SECONDS 0.852 ONE DROP PER SECOND 4.26 THREE DROPS PER SECOND 14.2 DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM 90.83

LOST OIL (LITERS) LOST OIL (US GALLONS) PER PER PER PER PER MONTH YEAR DAY MONTH YEAR 12.72 152.0 0.112 3.36 40.0 25.6 306.6 0.225 6.75 81.0 127.76 1533.1 1.125 33.75 405.0 425.86 5110.31 3.75 112.5 1350.0 2725.5 32706.0 24.00 720.0 8640.0

3.6

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher FIRE PREVENTION Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

Lubrication and Maintenance

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

CAUTION

822C-187

FILTER/ BREATHER

AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

CHECK VALVE 10 psi AIR VENT VALVE

FILTER/ BREATHER

GAUGE

DRIP TRAY

1. Forest debris and fine organic material (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

OPEN/CLOSE LEVER 822C-243

After service is completed, close air vent valve.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routings during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Also refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for additional information.

3.7

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FREQUENTLY:

Lubricate: • Swing pinion; 1-fitting - 10 shots while swinging.

• Check engine cooling air intake screens for possible restriction.

• Cylinders, Leveling; 4-fittings total - purge (If equipped with leveler).

In broad leaf applications it may be necessary to reverse the cooling fan as frequently as every 10 mins.

• Thrust bearing, Leveling; 2-fittings - purge (If equipped with leveler).

• Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

Standard Boom; 6-fittings - purge.

• ER Boom system:

Standard w/Tilt Link; 12-fittings - purge.

ER Boom System; 12-fittings - purge.

• ‡ Boom joints:

Periodically, the hoist boom must be lifted up as far as it will go and then lowered to operating height in an area free from overhead obstructions in order to circulate hydraulic oil from the cylinders back through the cooler and filters. This oil does not circulate through the cooler or filters during normal horizontal motion and the oil may not get completely changed during normal vertical motion, so it is important that this procedure be followed at least once every hour.

• ‡ Cylinders; boom, stick & tilt:

Standard Boom; 8-fittings - purge.

ER Boom System; 10-fittings - purge.

‡ Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints: 1. Ensure machine is on level ground.

EVERY 8 HOURS: • Perform “frequently” maintenance

2. Completely tilt felling head back.

3. Fully extend stick boom cylinder.

4. Force heel of felling head onto ground.

5. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints.

NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally “loaded side” of the pin/bearing surfaces.

And in addition: • Drain water from fuel/water separator.

Check:

STICK CYLINDER FULLY EXTENDED

• For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses paying particular attention to cooling fan motor hydraulic connections.

• For loose nuts, bolts and fittings.

• Visually check condition of tracks.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

• Engine coolant level.

822C-04

• Engine oil level.

PARKING BOOM

Clean: • Oil cooler, engine radiator, charge air cooler and enclosure screens.

• Air intake precleaner operation.

• Air cleaner unloader valve.

• Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

• Air intake filter restriction indicator.

Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Replace primary filter if indicator is in red zone.

Replace secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

• Hydraulic oil level.

• Pump drive gearbox oil level

3.8

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 24 HOURS:

Visually check for damage to:

• Perform “frequently” maintenance

• Hoist and stick booms.

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Track components and undercarriage frames.

• Swing bearing area

And in addition:

• Attachment

• Lubricate swing bearing; 1-fitting - 10 shots while swinging.

Make repairs immediately.

Visually inspect for: • Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses.

EVERY 125 HOURS: • Perform “frequently” maintenance

NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Wear in any other components.

• Perform 24 hour maintenance

• Signs of cracks beginning in booms and attachments. Failure to properly repair cracks in structures in a timely manner can result in component failure and costly repairs which are not covered under warranty.

And in addition: • Open both (L.H. side door and cab roof escape hatch) emergency exits to ensure they are fully operational.

• Carry out A/C system inspection. Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in THIS SECTION.

Clean/replace: • Inspect for debris buildup between A/C. condenser and cooler package.

Check:

• Air conditioner re-circulation filter.

• Return filter bypass warning is NOT displayed on the MD3 computer with engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature.

• Cab fresh air filter Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Charge pilot filter restriction indicator • Track gearboxes oil level with level plug at 9 O’clock and other plug at 6 O’clock.

• Battery fluid level unless maintenance free.

• Engine rpm.

• Hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts.

• Torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance.

3.9

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 250 HOURS:

• Leveler, intermediate pivot points; 2-fittings total - purge. Remove/replace protection plugs to access.

(If equipped with leveler).

• Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance And in addition: • Clean and thoroughly inspect all surfaces of the hoist and stick booms for cracks.

All cracks must be properly repaired in their early stages. Note that in most cases cracks will continue to grow in size and often lead to major structural damage. Failure to regularly inspect for cracks and immediately repair the boom system will void the structural warranty. Contact your Tigercat dealer for specific procedures required to correctly repair any cracks found.

• Leveler, upper pivot points; 4-fittings total purge. Remove/replace protection plugs to access. (If equipped with leveler).

EVERY 500 HOURS: • Perform “frequently” maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance • Perform 250 hour maintenance And in addition replace:

Check:

• Hydraulic oil return filters. †

• Condition and tension of fan belts.

• All hydraulic pressures.

Replace:

• Engine coolant filter .

• Hydraulic oil charge pilot filter. † Refer to FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE in THIS SECTION.

• Engine fuel filters. § • Oil in pump drive gearbox.

Lubricate: • All door hinges and cover; 24 fittings - 1 shot

• Oil in track drive gearboxes with drain plug at 6 O’clock position and fill plug at 9 O’clock.

Lubricate:

• Engine door cylinder pins; apply oil liberally Check: • Torque on swing bearing and swing gearbox retaining bolts.

• Rotary manifold seal; 1 fitting - 2 shots. Do not use power grease gun.

• Swing drive gearbox lower bearing; 2-fittings - 5 shots each ‡ Do not use a power grease gun.

• Torque on track drive gearboxes and motor mounting bolts.

‡ With swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based EP2 to each side of the gearbox.

NOTE: during cold weather the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature.

• Track rollers for leakage. Earlier rollers were filled with oil and later rollers filled with grease, both cases are considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Track idler for leakage, the bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the idler must be removed, repaired and replaced.

Caution: do not force grease, gearbox failure may result. Do not use winter grease. Grease should purge from gearbox pinion seal.

Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

† Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.10

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 1000 HOURS:

EVERY 2000 HOURS:

• Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance • Perform 250 hour maintenance • Perform 500 hour maintenance • Perform 1000 hour maintenance And in addition: • Check ALL air intake tubing and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage.

• Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. Refer to REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM and APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION. It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

• Perform “frequently” maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance • Perform 250 hour maintenance • Perform 500 hour maintenance And in addition check: • Check fuel in-tank strainer.

• Replace air cleaner unloader valve.

Check to ensure that the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed.

Refer to COMPUTER - ADJUSTMENT MENU - OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

Replace: • Hydraulic tank breather.

• All air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

NOTE: High-temperature silicone connectors do not need to be replaced unless they are damaged.

Refer to AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. • Hydraulic tank breather.

† Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.11

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LUBRICATION POINTS

60741BENGX R0

3.12

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat Model 822C/L822C/830C/L830C FELLER BUNCHER and X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C FELLER BUNCHER FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

CHK

2

ENGINE OIL/FILTER

CHK •

3

FUEL FILTER (ENGINE)

4

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

5

ENGINE COOLANT FILTER

6

IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

7

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

8 9

DRN

36

9.5

•

•

REMARKS/LUBRICANT QTY

2000 

1000 

500 

250 

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

USG

COOLING SYSTEM

CAPACITY LITRE

1

125 

SERVICE EVERY DESCRIPTION 8

SERVICE POINT NO.

REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

60% ANTIFREEZE * 40% DISTILLED WATER • SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES, CAPACITIES AND REPLACEMENT INTERVALS

REP

1

REP

1

REP

1 1

DRAIN TANK, CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY

CHK

1

CLEAN INTAKE & DISCHARGE AREAS AS REQUIRED

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

1

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

1

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS

10

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

1

REFER TO SECTION 3 IN MANUAL

11

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

12

HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR DRY FILL CAPACITY

13

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, 1 BLUE WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT 5 WHITE HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTERS

14

HIGH PRESSURE FILTER, PILOT (822C/L822C/830C/L830C ONLY)

CHK

REP REP

1 1

15

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

16

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR OIL LEAKAGE

17

SWING BEARING

18

SWING PINION

19

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING

20

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

21

HOIST, STICK AND TILT JOINTS: - ER BOOM SYSTEM

22

HOIST, STICK AND TILT CYLINDERS: - ER BOOM SYSTEM

23

DOOR & COVER HINGES

24

ENGINE DOOR CYLINDER PINS

25

ATTACHMENT

CHK

D/R

166 250

44 66

REP †

CHK

6

REP

CHK ‡

1

D/R

DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS* *Tigercat RECOMMENDS REGULAR USE OF AN OIL TESTING PROGRAM. IF THE FILTER BYPASS ICON ON THE COMPUTER DISPLAY TURNS RED BETWEEN SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE INTERVALS, CHANGE THE ELEMENTS. REPLACE EVERY 1000 HOURS FILL WITH SAE 75W-90 (SPEC) RECOMMENDED SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATION ‡ CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUG AT 6 O'CLOCK AND OTHER PLUG 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS

6

1.5

7.6

2

1

IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR FILL WITH SAE 75W-90 HT OR 80W-140 HT OIL, REFER TO 500 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS

LUB 24 h

10 SHOTS

1

GREASE EVERY 24 HOURS WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

10 SHOTS

1

GREASE WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

5 SHOTS EACH FITTING

2

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

2 SHOTS

1

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

PURGE

13

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

PURGE

10

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

1 SHOT

24

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

LUB

2

CHK

APPLY OIL LIBERALLY

SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

NOTE: The following items are used on X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C machines only

26

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX (NOT SHOWN)

27

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

CHK

D/R

6.5

REP

LUBCHART 60741BENGX R0

3.13

1.7

1

CHECK OIL LEVEL AT SIGHT GUAGE. FILL WITH MIL-L-2105C OR API-GL-5 BELOW 23°C (-10°F) USE 75W-90 UP TO 38°C (100°F) USE 80W-90 ABOVE 38°C (100°F) USE 85W-140

1

REPLACE EVERY 500 HOURS

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

LEVELER CYLINDER LOCKS The leveler cylinder locks are stored on the inside of the pump access door (R.H. rear).

3.14

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS In addition to providing the vehicle with its normal operational functions, hydraulic oil is also used to fill the swing gearbox and brake.

Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

3.15

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

SERVICE PLATFORM (IF EQUIPPED)

822C-231 DOOR PROP

The service platform is used on leveling machines which are not equipped with counterweights.

822C-227

SERVICE PLATFORM

SERVICE PLATFORM

THREADED FASTENER

SERVICE PLATFORM INSTALLED When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the three point technique; use one hand with two feet or two hands with one foot.

SNAP PINS

When not in use always secure the service platform in its storage location.

PUMP ACCESS DOOR

SERVICE PLATFORM STORAGE LOCATION The service platform is stored on a bracket on the inside of the pump access door (R.H. rear). The platform is secured in its storage location with two snap pins and a threaded fastener.

The service platform is used for service and maintenance access to the hydraulic tank compartment (L.H. rear door).

822C-228

822C-230

LINE UP PIN WITH HOLE IN FLOOR

INSTALLING SERVICE PLATFORM

Install the platform as shown. Tilt platform and line up the pin on the bottom of the platform with the hole in the floor of the hydraulic tank compartment.

Lower the platform into place and secure the door prop.

822C-229

3.16

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX

Lubrication and Maintenance

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION The swing gearbox upper gearing is lubricated by hydraulic oil which flows from the oil cooler bypass/return manifold into the ‘U’ port on the swing drive gearbox. A 1.5 mm (1/16 in.) orifice/ connector installed in the ‘U’ port regulates the flow of oil through the gearbox at approximately 3.78 L/min (1 US gpm). Oil is returned to tank via flushing port ‘T’.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 830-07

FIG.1 - PARKING BOOM

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

LOWER BEARING LUBRICATION

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 830-08

FIG.2 - PARKING BOOM

Using a hand grease gun and with the gearbox at operating temperature slowly add five shots of lithium based ep2 grease to each side of gearbox every 250 hours. DO NOT OVER GREASE. NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing function must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. If machine is not warmed up, the lower seal can be damaged.

IMPORTANT!: Do not force grease, gearbox failure may result.

Do Not use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION.

LX830C-054

Ensure that the boom is properly parked for service (see FIG. 1 & FIG. 2) and engine is shut off before performing this procedure.

The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL

822C-236

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS The grease fittings are remotely mounted for easy access.

3.17

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL

SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING 822C-237

822C-236

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL GREASE FITTING

SWING PINION GREASE FITTING

SWING BEARING GREASE FITTING

SWING PINION & BEARING FITTINGS LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

LUBRICATE ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL

To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots of grease while swinging every 24 hours to the lower grease fitting located on the seat pedestal in the operator’s cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 10 shots of grease every 8 hours while swinging, to the upper grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labelled.

LUBRICATION OF ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL To lubricate the rotary manifold seal, apply two shots of grease every 250 hours.

NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing and machine functions must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature.

Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the rotary manifold seal. DO NOT OVER GREASE.

For lubrication schedule, refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL

3.18

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher ER BOOM SYSTEM

Lubrication and Maintenance

Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:

WARNING

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND

When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted:

830-07

The hoist and stick cylinders circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. The booms may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the booms and attachment.

Ensure that the attachment is properly parked for service (as described on this page, see also FIG. 1 & 2) and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines. Also, for machines equipped with pressurized hydraulic tanks, relieve pressure in the hydraulic tank by opening hydraulic tank vent valve and waiting until the sound of escaping air stops.

FIG.1 - PARKING BOOM

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 830-08

FIG.2 - PARKING BOOM

(a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head sitting flat on the ground. (b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully collapsed (FIG. 2). c) The tip of the stick boom supported.

DO NOT rely on the attachment to support the boom system during servicing. Slow leakage in the hydraulic components can cause the attachment to move unexpectedly.

For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 OF THIS MANUAL. NOTE: Because of the hydraulic connection between the hoist and stick cylinders, the hoist cylinder can overpower the stick cylinders under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the HOIST BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick cylinders to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct.

Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

3.19

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

CAUTION If using pressurized water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (safety glasses) to guard against flying debris.

Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on ‘O’ rings and fittings during assembly.

c. Check for dirt and debris; on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required.

A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES PAG OIL R134a REFRIGERANT (polyalkylene glycol) 1.36 kg (3 lb)

207 ml (7 oz)

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the top left side of the engine. The receiver dryer is mounted to the back of the engine compartment.

Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. a. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator’s cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. A/C CONDENSER 822C-240

CHECK CONDITION OF A/C BELT

d. With engine stopped, check and adjust compressor drive belt tension. e. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.* f.

Run air conditioning system for three to five minutes.

g. Check air temperature exiting vents in cab. h. Listen to compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.*

SLIDE DEBRIS SCREEN OUT AND REMOVE 822C-213

i.

COOLER PACKAGE

b. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLER PACKAGE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

3.20

Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.*

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

RADIATOR A/C CONDENSER

OIL COOLER

DEBRIS SCREEN

COOLING FAN SHROUD FINGER GUARD

SURGE TANK

FAN DRIVE MOTOR

CHARGE AIR COOLER

822C-01

COOLER PACKAGE COMPONENTS j.

MOISTURE INDICATOR BLUE - OK. PINK - REPLACE DRYER, RECHARGE SYSTEM

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN RADIATOR/ OIL COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER.

Inspect sight glass on receiver dryer with A/C ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates system requires charging.* Check colour in moisture indicator; BLUE is OK. PINK indicates desiccant material in dryer is saturated with moisture. In this situation replace receiver/dryer, evacuate system and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.* * Indicates that these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

SIGHT GLASS INDICATES CONDITION OF CHARGE

822C-245

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

IMPORTANT! It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of five minutes every two weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

3.21

Lubrication and Maintenance

822C-246

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH

The A/C circuit includes a high pressure switch (located at the L.H. side of the engine) and a low pressure switch (located in the lower front R.H. compartment in the cab).

822C-250

LOW PRESSURE SWITCH

The high pressure switch turns off the compressor if the pressure increases to 24 bar (350 psi) and the low pressure switch turns it off if the pressure decreases below 0.5 bar (6 psi). The compressor will not come back on until the pressure reaches 2.3 bar (34 psi).

3.22

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE IMPORTANT! Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

IMPORTANT! Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual.

Tier III and IV engines typically use filters with a very fine micron rating. If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual.

Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power. It is also recommended that the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily.

Refer to the appropriate engine manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine oil and fuel filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of these manuals.

When installing a new fuel filter, DO NOT prefill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result. This type of failure is not warrantable by the engine manufacturer.

To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, ensure that the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and that the fuel is prefiltered prior to adding it to the machine.

FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

FUEL FILTER

DRAIN TAP 822C-212

COOLANT FILTER

ENGINE OIL FILTER

822C-242

3.23

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher COVER PLATE

2

COVER PLATE

1

1

2 3

3

5 5 7

7

6 6

8

822C-194

8 4

4

STANDARD

822C-195

FUEL TANK COMPONENTS

OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY

There is an electric fuel shut-off solenoid valve (4) that is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

1. Fuel Filler Cap 2. Fuel Level Sender 3. Fuel Filler Cap Mesh Strainer 4. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The STANDARD fuel tank has a total capacity of 530 L (140 US gal).

5. In-tank Strainer 6. Removable Clean-out Cover

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY fuel tank has a total capacity of 757 L (200 US gal).

7. O-ring 8. Drain Plug Located at the rear left corner behind the operators cab.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the tank and incorporates a fine mesh strainer (3) to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

The fuel level sender (2) is adjacent to the fuel filler cap in the tank.

3.24

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

COVER PLATE

2

Lubrication and Maintenance

1

3

5

7

6

8

822C-195

4

FUEL TANK

FUEL TANK STRAINER A 150 micron stainless steel fuel strainer (5) is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the clean-out cover (6).

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position. Always install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

3. Remove the drain plug (8) and drain the fuel tank.

4. Disconnect the fuel supply and return hoses at the fuel tank. Remove the clean-out cover (6) and O-ring (7).

3.25

5. Before removing strainer (5), clean any debris from inside bottom of tank and wipe clean.

6. Remove the fuel strainer (5) using the hex on the end of strainer. Carefully clean the strainer.

NOTE: rough handling can cause damage.

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainer (5) using the hex on end.

9. Reinstall fuel tank clean-out cover (6) with a NEW O-ring (7) and reinstall fuel supply and return hoses.

10. Replace drain plug (8), refuel and check for leaks.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

12. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

WARNING To lower the risk of causing accidental fires, DO NOT leave fuel or oil soaked rags laying around.

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

REFUELING PROCEDURE Park machine on level ground, shut off engine and allow machine to cool.

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION STANDARD ON LEVELING MACHINES The bottom fueling system includes a “dry break” quick disconnect which can be reached from ground level, a solenoid operated fuel filling shutoff valve, an interior mounted fuel float switch to activate the shut-off valve when the tank is full and an ON/OFF switch box with an indicator light.

D

ON/OFF SWITCH

DO NOT refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks.

INDICATOR LIGHT

Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

Open cover on top of fuel tank (if equipped)and clear any debris from around the fill cap.

Remove filler cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from tank.

Inspect fill cap gasket.

Inspect fuel strainer located under the fill cap for debris or damage.

QUICK DISCONNECT

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION

822C-244

Fill tank until fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped. Do not leave nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

Remove nozzle and ground strap (if applicable), then install fill cap hand-tight before closing fill cap cover.

Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

FUEL FILLER CAP

822C-198

FUEL LEVEL SENDER

FUEL FLOAT SWTICH

FUEL FILLER CAP AND FUEL LEVEL SENDER - BOTTOM FUELING

NOTE: This system relies on a remote fuel transfer pump mounted on the fuel supply truck or tank. There is no fuel transfer pump mounted on the machine.

3.26

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES

To release pressure from the hydraulic tank:

IMPORTANT!

IMPORTANT! NEVER PREFILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

Tigercat does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to prefill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

CHECK VALVE 10 psi AIR VENT VALVE

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

GAUGE

OPEN/CLOSE LEVER 822C-243

After service is completed, close air vent valve.

Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Place the OPEN/CLOSE lever in the open position.

NOTE: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the enclosure.

Releasing hydraulic tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss.

IMPORTANT! Air vent valve must be opened before changing hydraulic filters and strainers, or performing any other service on hydraulic circuits. Do not operate machine with the air vent valve in the open position.

WARNING, HOT HYDRAULIC OIL AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

•

FILTER/ BREATHER

DRIP TRAY

WARNING

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

822C-187

FILTER/ BREATHER

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

•

Lubrication and Maintenance

During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit.

It is important to bleed as much of this air as possible out prior to restarting the machine. See HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, FILTER CHANGE PROCEDURE for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. AIR BUBBLES IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM WILL DAMAGE THE PUMPS. After service is completed, close the OPEN/CLOSE lever.

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

3.27

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Check to ensure that the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed. This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and warnings functions to best suite the oil being used.

Refer to OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

OPEN PLUG OR FITTINGS TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

LX830C-01

PUMPS

NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

NOTE: Check all hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

VENT AIR FROM FITTINGS 822C-248

COOLING FAN MOTOR VALVE PLUGS

822C-249

3.28

FAN DRIVE CONTROL VALVE

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT OF SERPENTINE BELT All belts should be inspected periodically for signs of incision, cracks, excessive wear in grooves, and signs of end or surface grinding.

Drive belt tensioning is controlled by the automatic tensioner, therefore checking belt tension is not required.

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

TO TANK VIA FILTERS

A/C COMPRESSOR SHUT-OFF VALVE IN OFF POSITION

ALTERNATOR A/C COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT

BELT TENSIONER

HAND FILL PUMP

SERPENTINE BELT

WATER PUMP PULLEY

822C-217

ENGINE SERPENTINE BELT ROUTING

SUCTION HOSE

Before inspecting or replacing the engine belts the following safety precautions should be followed: 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

822C-180

2. Turn OFF the engine.

3. Remove the ignition key.

4. Turn the battery disconnect switch OFF. 5. Inspect all belts.

6. If the serpentine belt needs to be replaced, the A/C compressor drive belt will need to be removed first.

7. See complete instructions for belt replacement in the ENGINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

The hydraulic hand fill pump, located on the rear left door, is used for adding oil to the hydraulic oil tank. Hydraulic oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via the return filter manifold This ensures that any hydraulic oil added is filtered prior to entering the hydraulic tank. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS - MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. ADDING OIL TO HYDRAULIC TANK Depressurize tank, thoroughly clean outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug.

Open the oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction tube into supply drum and operate the pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via the return filter manifold. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with steady motion.

Pumping too fast may cause oil to bypass oil filter.

IMPORTANT! Close shut-off valve, replace cap on suction tube, wipe dry, and store after filling. Failure to keep the suction tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements. Swing pump handle up and lock.

3.29

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher 3.

CLOG INDICATOR SIGHT GLASS

A small pressure accumulator is used in the pilot supply circuit to ensure an adequate supply of pilot control oil under all operating conditions. The accumulator will normally bleed down the pilot supply oil to zero PSI in under 30 seconds after engine shut down, but install a 0 to 1000 PSI gauge on the pilot supply circuit test port to be sure no pressure is present before unscrewing the filter bowl.

4. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

5. Place rags below to catch any spilt oil.

6. Wearing face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

CHARGE PILOT FILTER

7. Check the seating area for the gasket on the filter head and wipe it clean.

8. The new filter has an attached gasket. Apply hydraulic oil to the gasket surface.

LX830C-15

9. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact and hand tighten filter an additional 1/2 turn only.

CHARGE PILOT FILTER

CHARGE PILOT FILTER

10. Reset the clog indicator by pressing on the top.

There is a medium pressure charge pilot filter mounted to the base of the charge/pilot/filter manifold. This filter receives hydraulic oil from the charge pump. The charge pump supplies pilot oil via the filter and the charge/pilot/filter manifold to the pilot system.

11. Start the engine and check for leaks.

12. Clean up any spilled oil before returning machine to operation.

Mounted on top of the manifold is a clog indicator.

Under normal operating conditions the indicator will show GREEN. When a pressure differential of 2 Bar (29 psi) exists across the filter, the indicator will show RED, indicating a clogged filter.

WARNING

This condition could happen during cold startups due to cold thick oil. As the oil warms up the indicator will need to be manually reset to GREEN by pressing the top of the indicator.

A “Clogged” condition will result in low pilot pressure. If a loss of controls or slow response occurs, filter element may need to be changed.

WARNING, HOT HYDRAULIC OIL AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION. Changing the filters: 1. Park machine on flat ground with with upper structure level, the felling head resting on the ground and stop engine.

2. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to ‘OFF’ position. Always install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

3.30

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS (QTY. 5) HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTERS

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

822C-187

Lubrication and Maintenance

The filters should also be checked/changed when the oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. If the icon continues to display RED after the filters have been changed, the return diffusers/strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

Refer to CHANGING OR CLEANING THE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS in THIS SECTION.

RETURN MANIFOLD

If the FILTER BYPASS icon displays RED between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements.

(QTY. 1) WATER ABSORBING RETURN FILTER (COLOUR BLUE)

NOTE: The FILTER BYPASS icon will display YELLOW when hydraulic oil temperature is low and the filter restriction switch is activated. Allow oil to warm to operating temperature and the icon should change in colour to GREY. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

There are six replaceable filters mounted on three filter heads beside the tank.

The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION.

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

ROUND ACCESS COVER

855C-035

822-06

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head, preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi) which will open in the event the elements become restricted. Before this valve is activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch installed in the return manifold, will send a signal to the computer control system when an oil flow in excess of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is encountered at the return filters.

This pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash.

RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS

There are four reusable diffusers/strainers housed in the hydraulic tank, one (horizontal) on the case drain return port and three (vertical) on the return tubes. Inspecting, changing or cleaning the diffusers/strainers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

IMPORTANT! DO NOT use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in THIS SECTION. This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL. 3.31

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

IMPORTANT!

FILTER HEAD

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

GASKET

822C-187

FILTER/ BREATHER

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION

 Square Section Gasket

CHECK VALVE 10 psi AIR VENT VALVE

FILTER ELEMENT

FILTR_SEALS 2

FILTER/ BREATHER

Remove used gasket and clean groove in head.

GAUGE

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

DRIP TRAY

Install new gasket into groove in filter head.

OPEN/CLOSE LEVER

DO NOT prefill filter. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

822C-243

Filter change procedure: 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting on the ground.

2. Open hydraulic tank access door at the left rear of the vehicle.

3. Stop engine.

4. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the ‘OFF’ position.

NOTE: Leveling machines are equipped with a service platform, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Note: Air pressure expelling from the vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the compartment.

6. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

7. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

8. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

9. Drain away any accumulation of oil in the tray (if equipped) by using the drain hose routed through the floor to a waste oil container.

10. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets enclosed, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

3.32

Tighten filter an additional 3/4 turn.

FILTER HEAD

GASKET FILTER ELEMENT FILTR_SEALS 2

O-RING GASKET INSTALLATION

 O-Ring Gasket Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

Install new gasket on inside lip of filter.

DO NOT prefill filter. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head . (Approximately 1–1/2 additional turns after gasket contact.)

11. Close AIR VENT VALVE.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

RETURN MANIFOLD

COUPLER CONNECTION BLEED HOSE WASTE OIL CONTAINER

S855C-004

BLEEDING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC RETURN CIRCUIT

12. Attach bleed hose (located in the compartment behind cab above hydraulic tank) to the coupler on the return manifold.

13. Route hose to a waste oil container.

14. Use fill pump to raise hydraulic oil level up to the FULL line, replacing oil lost during filter change.

15. As oil is being pumped into the tank, purge air out the bleed hose from the return manifold until a steady stream of oil is coming from the bleed hose.

16. Disconnect bleed hose from the coupling at the return manifold.

17. Clean up any spilled oil.

18. Start the engine and check for leaks.

19. Run engine at IDLE speed for at least five minutes to purge any remaining air from the filter system. Then STOP the engine for 15 minutes to allow air bubbles in the hydraulic tank to rise.

20. Re-check hydraulic oil level – top-up as needed.

3.33

Lubrication and Maintenance

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

O-RING

ROUND ACCESS COVER

There are four reusable diffusers/strainers housed in the hydraulic tank, one (horizontal) on the case drain return port and three (vertical) on the return tubes.

ACCESS COVER 822C-201

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

CHANGING OR CLEANING THE STRAINER: This should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

DRAIN PLUG (ONLY ACCESSIBLE WITH MAIN CONTROL VALVE REMOVED)

DRAIN PLUG

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine.

3. Open rear left enclosure door fully and install safety strut and service platform (if equipped).

822-06

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

7. Disconnect the wires from the two sensors and remove the case drain hose located on the round access cover.

8. Remove the round access cover plate and O-ring.

4. Wearing face protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE.

9. Before removing the diffusers/strainers, clean any debris from the bottom of the tank and wipe it clean.

10. Remove the four hydraulic oil return diffusers/ strainers using the hex on the end of diffusers/ strainer. Carefully clean the diffusers/strainers (they may be damaged by rough handling).

FILTER/ BREATHER

11. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the diffusers/strainers screw onto the pipes and cover plate.

AIR VENT VALVE

12. Reinstall the diffusers/strainers using the hex on end.

OPEN/CLOSE LEVER 822C-243

NOTE: Repair any burrs created when removing the strainer before reinstalling.

5. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the OFF position. Always install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

13. Reinstall access cover plate with a NEW O-ring.

6. Drain the hydraulic tank via a drain plug in the bottom of the tank. Access to this plug is by removing a cover plate on the under side of the upper frame.

15. Refill and check for leaks.

14. Connect sensor wires to sensors on access cover.

16. Close air vent valve.

3.34

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

CHECK CONDITION OF SEAL

The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the discharge port area and that the rotor spins freely.

AS THE AIR SPINS, CENTRIFUGAL FORCE SEPARATES FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM THE CLEAN AIR

PRECLEANER

CONTAMINANTS ARE BLOWN OUT OF SPECIAL DISCHARGE PORTS BY HIGH VELOCITY, AIR POWERED ROTOR

822C-239

AIR INTAKE SEAL Periodically check to ensure seal on top of precleaner is making proper contact with the sealing surface of the inside top of the power door.

Hot air leakage at this seal will reduce engine power.

THE PRECLEANER HAS SPECIALLY DESIGNED BLADES THAT CAUSE THE INCOMING AIR TO SPIN 822C-234

ONLY THE PURIFIED AIR GOES TO THE AIR FILTER

PRECLEANER OPERATION

DISCHARGE PORT AREA

218-21B

PRECLEANER

3.35

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses two filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

PRECLEANER TO TURBO CHARGER

AIR CLEANER

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

822C-235

The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are: OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer’s guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

AIR CLEANER

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

OUTLET TUBE PRIMARY ELEMENT

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS 1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged.

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

SAFETY ELEMENT

3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element.

822C-233

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

5. Check your old filter. It can help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION , the following instructions should also be noted.

NOTE: The safety element needs to be replaced on every third primary element change.

6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

8. Check connections and ducts for air tight fit.

Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

3.36

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

822C-206 LX830C-26

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hours). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible.

Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube. The valve should suck closed at about 1/3 of full throttle. When operating in extreme high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust accumulation.

A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE ICON

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in THIS SECTION.

3.37

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CLEAN OUT COVER

RUBBER ELBOWS AND TUBING

822C-247

AIR INTAKE CLEAN OUT COVER The precleaner receives air via an air intake grill on the left side of the engine power door, behind the clean out cover and through a passageway fabricated into the power door. With the door opened, the clean out cover can be removed to allow access behind the engine air intake grill to remove any accumulation of debris.

822C-240

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS

In extremely cold weather it is possible to run the engine with this cover removed to allow the engine to draw warmer air from inside the engine enclosure.

Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

IMPORTANT! If the cover is removed, it MUST BE REINSTALLED when operating in warmer outside temperatures otherwise the engine will run at a higher temperature and less horsepower.

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

3.38

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX MAINTENANCE GUIDE

Lubrication and Maintenance

UNDERCARRIAGE SWIVEL ACCESS DOOR The notch in the door indicates the position of the bolt at the swivel point. The bolt at the swivel point is longer and is equipped with a clamp to prevent it from being fully removed from the undercarriage.

NOTCH IN DOOR INDICATES POSITION OF PIVOT POINT

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL LEVEL GAUGE

830-D45

SWIVEL ACCESS DOOR NOTCH IN DOOR INDICATES POSITION OF PIVOT POINT

LX830C-16

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL LEVEL GAUGE

SWIVEL BOLT: LOOSEN ONLY ENOUGH TO ALLOW DOOR TO SWIVEL FREELY

INTERNAL LUBRICATION The internal components of the pump drive gearbox are lubricated via a lube pump that draws oil from the bottom of the gearbox and injects it back in, at the top of the gearbox. It is very important to maintain the correct level of oil in the gearbox at all times. An oil level sight gauge is remote mounted to the side of the upper frame.

A drain/fill hose and reservoir are located in the pump compartment. Oil level must be checked with oil COLD.

830-D44

SWIVEL ACCESS DOOR

Loosen the swivel bolt enough to allow the access door to swing freely. Do not attempt to use excess force to fully remove the swivel bolt. The access door is heavy. A falling access door could cause serious injury or death.

DANGER

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL FILL/ RESERVOIR

Do not fully remove the access door swivel bolt. A falling access door could cause serious injury or death.

LX830C-06

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL RESERVOIR

3.39

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION

Alternate turning directions.

If you're always turning in the same direction, the undercarriage components on one side of the machine will wear at a different rate than those on the other side. To ensure even wear, pay attention to the way you're turning and change directions whenever possible.

Make gradual turns instead of counterrotations.

Counter-rotating accelerates wear on the tracks and other undercarriage components. Don't use that technique unless job conditions demand it. Instead, turn the machine gradually while slowly moving forward or reverse. Gradual turns minimize cuts, tears and excessive wear in the undercarriage. They also reduce damage to soft or sensitive work surfaces.

PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS Steel tracks are designed to perform in tough underfoot conditions. Take these steps to maximize service life and reduce operating costs.

Start every shift with a clean undercarriage.

When mud and debris build up on the lower part of your machine, components wear at a faster rate.

Do not begin work until the undercarriage area is clean.

Inspect the undercarriage before you start working.

In addition to ensuring that the undercarriage is clean, spend a couple of minutes on a visual inspection. Check for loose bolts, leaky seals and abnormal wear patterns. When you spot potential problems early, you can often prevent them from turning into bigger issues that reduce component life significantly or cause expensive unscheduled downtime.

In the event a counter rotation is required some operators will carefully push the boom and attachment down against a suitable obstacle and lift the forward or rear sections of the track off the ground. The operator will then counter rotate the tracks while swinging the upper frame. This will disengage most of the track length from the ground during the counter rotation resulting in less site damage and potentially less track wear.

This is a complex maneuver and should only be completed by fully trained and experienced operators working in stable ground conditions.

Don't spin the tracks.

Track spinning reduces production, it increases fuel consumption, without a corresponding increase in productivity, and it accelerates undercarriage wear, so your costs escalate.

Grouser bars are especially prone to wear problems associated with track slippage.

Watch your speed.

There are times when a job requires higher speed operation, but the fact is, wear accelerates as speed increases. Links, rollers and idlers are particularly vulnerable. Keep them working longer by controlling your speed.

Work up or down a slope whenever possible.

Working across a slope can shorten undercarriage component life, so try to structure the job with minimal cross-slope activity.

Avoid unnecessary reverse operation.

Operating in reverse, even at slow speeds, compounds bushing and sprocket wear as the track tension loads are applied to the top side of the chain. So avoid an unproductive reverse operation.

3.40

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Watch transition areas.

Try to minimize travel over transition obstacles as this accelerates undercarriage wear. If you must go across a transition, position the machine 90° to the transition. Without ground support, the undercarriage is subjected to side stresses that can result in rapid, excessive wear.

Other factors:

Configuration refers to the way your machine is equipped and is therefore something you can control. To minimize undercarriage wear on steel-track machines, always use the narrowest track shoe possible that meets your flotation requirements. If you work in very sticky materials, consider using center-punched track shoes to reduce material packing in the undercarriage area.

Application refers to the type of work you do.

Bunching, loading, grading, digging and trenching are a few examples. This factor is largely beyond your control, but generally speaking, the more you work in high horsepower, high-torque applications, the faster your undercarriage will wear.

Material type is another key contributor to undercarriage wear that is outside your control, the more abrasive the material, the more rapid the wear rate.

Terrain, a third uncontrollable factor, describes the contours and slopes at your job site. The more time you spend in rugged, sloped areas, the faster your undercarriage will wear out.

3.41

Maintenance discipline plays a big role in undercarriage component life. One of the most critical maintenance practices is track adjustment.

Tight track is the number-one "track killer." But whether your track is too loose or too tight, improper adjustment accelerates wear which can increase downtime and repair costs. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for track adjustment, and always perform the adjustment in the machine's working environment. A second important maintenance process is cleaning the undercarriage. To maximize wear life, remove mud and debris at the end of every shift, or more frequently if necessary.

Talk to the experts: Undercarriage components are expensive!

To get long life and maximum value from your investment, consult with a dealer or factory rep that really knows the undercarriage business.

Ask for advice on operating techniques. Explore relevant application, material and terrain issues.

Fine-tune your maintenance processes. Working together with an undercarriage expert, you can manage your equipment investment over the long term.

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

CONTROLLABLE WEAR FACTORS TRACK CHAIN SAG • TOO TIGHT TRACK CHAINS SIGNIFICANTLY SHORTENS BUSHING O.D. WEAR LIFE

845-012A1

LIFT LEFT TRACK 860C-320

MEASURING TRACK SAG

TORQUE PROCEDURE

1. Position attachment head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

2. Place attachment on the ground and force down with boom controls, lift track clear of the ground.

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

860C-333

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

•

Incorrect bolt torque is the leading cause of shoe loosening

•

Torque + turn is the shoe bolts assembly method.

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

-

Provides controlled stretch of the bolt (about 0.3 mm). It is the stretch that prevents the bolt from coming loose.

-

Provides up to 25% more clamp load than straight torque.

-

It is not influenced by friction / condition of mating components.

4. Stop engine.

5. Measure distance between upper surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track guard.

6. This dimension should be between 4" and 6" for normal operations.

•

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

3.42

TORQUE PROCEDURE

The method is also used on other critical joints, such as sprocket, master sections, final drives. Refer to TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TORQUE CHART LOCATION Cylinder, Hoist, 130mm (9442B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist, 140mm (19666B) Piston Retaining bolt, piston Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist, 140mm (48083B) Piston Setscrew, piston Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Stick, 110mm (15733B & 15734B) Piston nut Setscrew, piston Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Stick, 110 mm (55479B & 55480B) Piston Setscrew, piston Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist, 130mm (AR046) Piston Setscrew, piston Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinders, Leveler, 7" (42496B)(46068B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts

THREAD DIAMETER

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

M18

6980 270

9460 367

M8 M16

hand tight 18 225

hand tight 24 305

M75 M14 M18

5827 42 271

7900 57 367

M58 M14

4159 42 126

5640 57 171

M58 M10 M14

2419 24 126

3280 32 171

M75 M14 M18

5672 42 271

7690 57 367

M75 M14

600 150

813 203

Cylinder pin retaining bolts

M20

380

515

Boom joint pin bolts (Use BLUE Loctite on lower MAIN boom joint)

M20

400

530

1" UNC

475

625

7/8" UNC

450-500

620-680

M16

200

275

M24 M22 M12 5/8" UNC

675 540 80 160-175

925 725 110 215-235

1/2" 7/16" UNC GR5

80-88 40

109-119 54

3/4 UNF M24 X 12.9 M20 X 12.9 M16 M24 3/4" UNC 7/8" UNC 1" UNC M20 M20 M20

T/T* T/T* T/T* 140 475 310 475 750 380 380 380

T/T* T/T* T/T* 190 650 420 646 1017 515 515 515

M24

675

925

Cab securing bolts Swing bearing mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Engine mounting Cummins QSL9 Engine Bolts, bracket/mount to chassis front Bolts, bracket/mount to chassis rear Bolts, bracket to engine, front Bolts, bracket to gearbox, rear Pump Drive Torsional drive coupler mounting Pump drive gearbox mounting Undercarriage Track shoe bolts (D6) Track shoe bolts (FH400) Track shoe bolts (F8) Idler bolts Idler bolts Roller mounting bolts Roller mounting bolts Roller mounting bolts Sprocket bolts Gearbox mounting bolts Drive motor mounting bolts Leveler, fore/aft pivot shaft and housing bolts

*T/T represents Torque-turn, this is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts which is fully described in section 11 of the Tigercat service manual.

Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the appropriate manuals.

LX830C TORQUECHART.xls TORQUE CHART

3.43

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

The torque values listed below are for general use only.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL

GRADE 5 BOLTS

GRADE 8 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 5 BOLTS GRADE 8 BOLTS LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 33 - 36 45 - 49 52 - 57 71 - 77 80 - 88 109 - 119 115 - 127 156 - 172 159 - 175 216 - 237 282 - 310 393 - 420 455 - 501 617 - 679 682 - 750 925 - 1016 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 10 - 13 14 - 17 18 - 25 25 - 33 37 - 41 50 - 55 58 - 64 79 - 86 90 - 99 122 - 134 128 - 141 174 - 191 180 - 198 244 - 268 315 - 347 427 - 470 501 - 550 679 - 745 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250 4.8

METRIC

8.8

9.8

10.9

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

12.9

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

12.9

10

5 5

10

CLASS 4.8 DRY LUBRICATED Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

10

10

5

SIZE

DRY LUBRICATED COARSE THREAD lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 8 - 10 11 - 13 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 10 - 15 13 - 20 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 23 - 25 31 - 34 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 57 - 63 77 - 85 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 82 - 90 111 - 122 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 113 - 124 152 - 168 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 200 - 220 271 - 298 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 296 - 326 402 - 441 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 443 - 489 601 - 663 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 596 - 656 808 - 889 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 FINE DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 9 - 10 12 - 13 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 16 - 20 21 - 27 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 26 - 29 35 - 39 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 41 - 45 56 - 61 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 64 - 70 87 - 95 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 91 - 100 124 - 135 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 128 - 141 174 - 191 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 223 - 245 303 - 332 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 326 - 359 442 - 486 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 484 - 534 657 - 724 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 668 - 735 906 - 996 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

12.9

12

10

12

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

CLASS 8.8 OR 9.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

12

DRY lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 70 - 77 95 - 104 106 - 117 144 - 158 153 - 168 208 - 228 212 - 233 288 - 316 376 - 414 510 - 561 606 - 667 822 - 904 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 DRY lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 23 - 28 31 - 38 49 - 54 67 - 73 78 - 86 106 - 116 120 - 132 163 - 179 171 - 188 232 - 255 240 - 264 326 - 358 420 - 462 570 - 626 668 - 735 906 - 996 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997

10

COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

CLASS 10.9 DRY LUBRICATED Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

M6 M8 M10

4.8 12.0 23.0

3.5 8.5 17.0

6.0 15.0 29.0

4.5 11.0 21.0

9.0 22.0 43.0

6.5 16.0 32.0

11.0 28.0 55.0

8.5 20.0 40.0

13.0 32.0 63.0

9.5 24.0 47.0

17.0 40.0 80.0

12.0 30.0 60.0

15.0 37.0 75.0

11.5 28.0 55.0

19.0 47.0 95.0

14.5 35.0 70.0

M12 M14 M16

40.0 63.0 100.0

29.0 47.0 73.0

50.0 80.0 125.0

37.0 60.0 92.0

75.0 120.0 190.0

55.0 88.0 140.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

70.0 110.0 175.0

110.0 175.0 275.0

80.0 130.0 200.0

140.0 225.0 350.0

105.0 165.0 225.0

130.0 205.0 320.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

165.0 260.0 400.0

120.0 190.0 300.0

M18 M20 M22

135.0 190.0 260.0

100.0 140.0 190.0

175.0 240.0 330.0

125.0 180.0 250.0

260.0 375.0 510.0

195.0 275.0 375.0

330.0 475.0 650.0

250.0 350.0 475.0

375.0 530.0 725.0

275.0 400.0 540.0

475.0 675.0 925.0

350.0 500.0 675.0

440.0 625.0 850.0

325.0 560.0 460.0 800.0 625.0 1,075.0

410.0 580.0 800.0

M24 M27 M30

330.0 490.0 675.0

250.0 360.0 490.0

425.0 625.0 850.0

310.0 650.0 450.0 950.0 625.0 1,300.0

M33 900.0 M36 1,150.0

475.0 825.0 600.0 925.0 675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,075.0 800.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 700.0 1,200.0 875.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 1,700.0 1,250.0 1,600.0 1,150.0 2,000.0 1,500.0 950.0 1,650.0 1,200.0 1,850.0 1,350.0 2,300.0 1,700.0 2,150.0 1,600.0 2,700.0 2,000.0

675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,750.0 1,300.0 2,200.0 1,650.0 2,500.0 1,850.0 3,150.0 2,350.0 2,900.0 2,150.0 3,700.0 2,750.0 850.0 1,450.0 1,075.0 2,250.0 1,650.0 2,850.0 2,100.0 3,200.0 2,350.0 4,050.0 3,000.0 3,750.0 2,750.0 4,750.0 3,500.0

TORQUECHARTGENERAL.XLS

3.44

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

EATON Aeroquip

Assembly Torque

Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft.

Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.45

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Parker

Assembly Torque

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One “captive” or two “split” flange clamps

The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued. In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head onto the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

• Four bolts and washers

WASHERS BOLTS FLANGE CLAMP

Flange Port Assembly

FLANGE HEAD

The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are: 1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles.

2. Lubricate the O-ring.

3. Position flange and clamp halves.

4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves.

5. Hand tighten bolts.

6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

O-RING TAPPED HOLES

FLANGE.JPG

Fig. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

FLANGE2.JPG

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque Nm

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.46

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Parker

Lubrication and Maintenance

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Thread Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

THREAD SIZE

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (85) 10 (155) 18 (260) 29 (280) 32 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

PLUGS

ADJUSTABLE

NON-ADJUSTABLE

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

3.47

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (60) 7 (100) 11 (180) 20 (250) 28 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

HOLLOW HEX

HEX HEAD

HP5ON-S

P5ON-S

lbf-ft (lbf-in) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

lbf-ft (lbf-in) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Tigercat wire colour code chart applicable to all products manufactured by Tigercat Industries Inc. COLOUR FUNCTION EXAMPLE Red Power..........................................(fused and unfused) Black Ground White Engine control.............................(fuel shut-off, start aid) Blue Propulsion Control......................(transmission/reverser solenoids) Purple Monitor, electrical and

mechanical systems....................(air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) Tan Electrical and

electromechanical control...........(park brake, alternator excitation)

(power door motor, backup alarm) Yellow Monitors......................................(flow, pressure, temperature, level) Grey Standard monitor system............(logic module to monitor) Brown Lights Green Electro-hydraulic control.............(pilot solenoids) Orange Accessories.................................(horn, A/C, heater)

COMMON CONVERSIONS To Convert

Into

Multiply By

To Convert

bar .................................. psi ....................... 14.5 cm3 .................................. in3 ........................ 0.06102 °C ...................................°F ......................... (°C x 9/5) + 32 kg .................................... lb ......................... 2.205 kW .................................. hp........................ 1.341 L ...................................... US gal ................. 0.2642 mm .................................. in ......................... 0.03937 N • m ................................ lbf • ft .................... 0.7375 N ..................................... lbf ........................ 0.22481

.Into

.Multiply By

in3 .................................... cm3 ..................... 16.39 °F .................................... °C ....................... (°F - 32) / 1.8 US gal ............................. L .......................... 3.785 hp ................................... kW ...................... 0.7457 in ..................................... mm ..................... 25.4 lb ..................................... kg ........................ 0.4535 lbf • ft ................................ N • m .................... 1.356 psi ................................... bar ...................... 0.06896 in Hg ............................... psi ....................... 0.4912 in H2O ............................. psi ....................... 0.03613 lb ..................................... N ......................... 4.4482

3.48

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 36 57 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Note: The values shown here are green weights.

3.49

Industries Inc. REV No. 4

PRESSURE SETTINGS - X822C/LX822C/LX830C

DATE 03/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

Lubrication and Maintenance PART No. JOB No.

FAR10236

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

ENG. JHS

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

EMPLOYEE No. PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE (Check appropriate box) Mult-Weight Oil 140° F Summer Oil

140° F

Winter Oil Spec.

ENGINE RPM - CUMMINS Full throttle, no load maximum Low idle, no load Rated Working

110° F Actual

1850 RPM 950 RPM 1800 RPM

PILOT SUPPLY Safety relief Pilot pressure relief

RPM High Low

38 bar (550 psi) 31 bar (450 psi)

MAIN PUMP Stand-by pressure, Max with Pilot OFF Non-adjustable 34 bar (500psi) Margin pressure 20 bar (290 psi) To set Margin pressure: Set Head Tilt Cylinder Back speed as below, set Head Tilt Back to 2,400psi, adjust Margin Pressure while holding Head Tilt Back lever.

Re-check / re-adjust Head Tilt Cylinder speed as required to settings listed below.

Low High

MAIN VALVE Main Relief Non-Adjustable Load sense relief P2 (measured at 'P' port) 314 bar (4550 psi) Boom port reliefs Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 psi) Stick port reliefs Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 psi) Tilt port reliefs Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 psi) Tilt restrictor (pump pressure) 55-69 bar (800-1000psi) Level Fore/Aft port reliefs (if equipped) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 psi) Level Right/Left port reliefs (if equipped) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 psi) Intermittent Saw port reliefs (if equipped) Cracking Press. @ 'P' port 276 bar (4000 psi)

High Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

SWING (Priority) Crossline Reliefs Max Torque Pressure Speed

262 bar (3800 psi) 235 bar (3400 psi) 7 RPM

High High High

359 bar (5200 psi) 327 bar (4750 psi)

High High

359 bar (5200 psi) 327 bar (4750 psi)

High High

(measured at 'P' port)

DRIVE PUMP L.H. Final Drive Pump Crossline relief Pressure override R.H. Final Drive Pump Crossline relief Pressure override

Page 1 of 5

3.50

Industries Inc. REV No. 4

PRESSURE SETTINGS - X822C/LX822C/LX830C

DATE 03/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher PART No. JOB No.

FAR10236 ENG. JHS

Lubrication and Maintenance

EMPLOYEE No. PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS continued

FINAL DRIVE L.H. Final Drive Motor Start of regulation OR

X822C/LX822C - 4000 PSI @ P

See Manual

Low

LX830C - 4000 PSI @ P

See Manual

Low

Non-Adjustable 28-34 bar (400-500 psi)

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

Low

X822C

Low Drive

MAX. DISP. 32 RPM MAX.

High High

LX822C

Low Drive

MAX. DISP. 32 RPM MAX.

High High

LX830C

Low Drive

12 RPM MAX. 28 RPM MAX.

High High

Max. disp. Setting: Turn screw out until off the stroking piston, turn it back in to contact, then set max disp. by turning screw 1/4 turn in. (track raised off ground running in low). Adjust for straight tracking.

R.H. Final Drive Start of regulation

OR

X822C/LX822C - 4000 PSI @ P

See Manual

Low

LX830C - 4000 PSI @ P

See Manual

Low

Non-Adjustable 28-34 bar (400-500 psi)

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

Low

X822C

Low Drive

MAX. DISP. 32 RPM MAX.

High High

LX822C

Low Drive

MAX. DISP. 32 RPM MAX.

High High

LX830C

Low Drive

12 RPM MAX. 28 RPM MAX.

High High

Max. disp. Setting: Turn screw out until off the stroking piston, turn it back in to contact, then set max disp. by turning screw 1/4 turn in. (track raised off ground running in low). Adjust for straight tracking.

Page 2 of 5

3.51

Industries Inc. REV No. 4

PRESSURE SETTINGS - X822C/LX822C/LX830C

DATE 03/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

Lubrication and Maintenance PART No. JOB No.

FAR10236

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

ENG. JHS

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS continued EMPLOYEE No.

SAW PUMP Pressure override Stand-By Pressure

248 bar (3600 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

(full flow)

296 bar (4300 psi)

High

(+/- 25 RPM)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1200 RPM

High High

Tigercat DT5301 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 RPM)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 RPM

High High

Tigercat ST5401 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 RPM)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 RPM

High High

Tigercat ST5702 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 RPM)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 RPM

High High

ATTACHMENT PUMP Standard Torque Wrist Pressure override Standby Pressure

207 bar (3000 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

High Low

High Torque Wrist Pressure override Standby Pressure

248 bar (3600 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

High Low

207 bar (3000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi)

Low Low Low

207 bar (3000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi) 252 bar (3650 psi)

Low Low Low

SAW CONTROL VALVE Main relief SAW MOTOR (check appropriate box) Tigercat DT5003 Start of regulation Speed

ATTACHMENT VALVE Saw - Standard Torque Wrist Clamp arms feed reducers Accumulator arms feed reducers Wrist feed reducers Saw - High Torque Wrist Clamp arms feed reducers Accumulator arms feed reducers Wrist feed reducers DOOR/ROOF PUMP Main Relief

207 bar (3000 psi)

NOTE: All hydraulic settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating temperatures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet.

Comments

Page 3 of 5

3.52

Industries Inc. REV No. 4

PRESSURE SETTINGS - X822C/LX822C/LX830C

DATE 03/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher PART No. JOB No.

ENG. JHS

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGSEMPLOYEE continued No.

BOOM SPEED SETTINGS ER Boom w/Head Main Boom Cylinder 0.5 turns UP 4.5 turns DOWN

Non-ER Boom w/Head

Time w/Head

Time No Head

0.5 turns 4.5 turns

5.0 Sec 8.0 Sec

5.0 Sec 12.0 Sec

Stick Boom Cylinder 4.5 Sec OUT 5.0 Sec IN

4.5 Sec 5.0 Sec

Head Tilt Cylinder FORWARD 1.0 turns BACKWARD 1.0 turns

1.0 turns 1.0 turns

Leveling Valve Level Fore Level Aft

FAR10236

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time Time Only Time Only

4.0 Sec 4.0 Sec

4.0 Sec 4.0 Sec

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time Time Only via IQAN Time Only via IQAN

8.0 Sec 8.0 Sec

ATTACHMENT SPEED SETTINGS 30° Wrist Right 30° Wrist Left

3.5 Sec 3.5 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

110° Wrist Right 110° Wrist Left

6.0 Sec 6.0 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

340° Wrist Right 340° Wrist Left

10.5 Sec 10.5 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

NOTE: All settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating temperatures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet - Engine RPM at HIGH. Comments

Page 5 of 5

3.53

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X822C/LX822C/X830C/LX830C Feller Buncher

3.54